Narkomed GS

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 246

GO TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Technical
Service
Manual
Part Number: 4113870-001
Rev: P
Date: 11 December 2000
© 2000 Draeger Medical, Inc.

Narkomed GS
Anesthesia System
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Narkomed GS Service Manual Table of Contents

Summary of what's new in Revision P

DESCRIPTION PAGE

SECTION 1:
1.0 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

SECTION 2:
2.0 Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 Main Service Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.2 Service Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.3 PMS Criteria Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2.4 Oxygen Monitor Service Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2.5 Pressure Monitor Service Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2.6 Serial Port Configuration Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

SECTION 3:
3.0 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1 Power Supply and Voltage Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.3 Troubleshooting Guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

SECTION 4:
4.0 Replacement Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1 Cylinder Yoke Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.2 Cylinder Pressure Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.3 Cylinder Cutoff Valves (Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4.4 Cylinder and Pipeline Pressure Gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.5 Flowmeters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4.6 Flow Control Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4.7 Auxiliary Oxygen Flowmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4.8 Oxygen Supply Pressure Failure Protection Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
4.9 Alarm Channel and Oxygen Supply Pressure Alarm Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
4.10 Oxygen Ratio Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
4.11 Vaporizers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
4.12 O2 Flush Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4.13 AV2+ Ventilator Controller Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
4.14 Ventilator Bellows Valve & Guide Asm w/Press Lim Ctrl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4.15 Caster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
4.16 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
4.16ABattery (machines with power supply in display box) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51A
4.17 Primary Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
4.18 Power Supply PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.18APower Supply (machines with power supply in display box) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56A
4.19 Lamp Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

Rev. P i
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTENTS (continued) NMGS

DESCRIPTION PAGE

4.20 Processor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59


4.21 Keypad and Display Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
4.22 Spiromed Respiratory Volume Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
4.23 Oxygen Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67

SECTION 5:
5.0 Adjustment and Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1 Cylinder Pressure Regulator Adjustment (except CO2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.1A CO2 Cylinder Pressure Regulator Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.2 Oxygen Supply Pressure Alarm Switch Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5.3 Low Flow Oxygen Ratio Controller (ORC) Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.4 Oxygen Sensor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.5 Breathing Pressure Monitor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.6 Vaporizer Interlock Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
5.7 Vaporizer Select Switch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

SECTION 6:
6.0 PMS Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1 Electrical Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.2 Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6.3 Battery Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.5 Service Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6.6 Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6.7A Scavenger, A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6.7B Scavenger, Open Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
6.7C Scavenger Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6.7D Suction Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6.8 Breathing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
6.9 Manual Sphygmomanometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
6.10 Vapor Exclusion System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
6.11 Yokes & Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
6.12 High Pressure Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
6.13 High Pressure Leak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
6.14 Oxygen Supply Failure Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
6.15 Flowmeters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
6.16 O2 Med . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
6.17 Oxygen Concentrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
6.18 Auxiliary Oxygen flowmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
6.19AOxygen Ratio Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
6.20 Baromed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
6.21 Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
6.22 Bellows Drive Gas Leak: Adult. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
6.23 Spiromed or Ultrasonic Flow Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
6.24ABellows: Adult . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
6.24BVentilator Relief Valve: Adult. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
6.25ABellows: Pediatric External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49

ii Rev. P
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS CONTENTS (continued)

DESCRIPTION PAGE

6.25BBellows: Pediatric Internal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51


6.26 Trace & Trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
6.27 Pressure Limit Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
6.29 Audio Silence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
6.30 Oxygen Flush Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
6.31 Final Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56

SECTION 7:
7.0 Software Update Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.1 Software Transfer to PC via Modem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.2 Installing NMGS Software from a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

SECTION 8:
8.0 Spare and Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Processor Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2, 8-3


AV-2+ Ventilator Controller Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4, 8-5
Valve Case and Guide Assembly, Pressure Limit Control, Bellows Assembly . . . . . . . 8-6, 8-7
Bellows Valve Assembly details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8, 8-9
Display Panel and Keypad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10, 8-11
Lamp and Switch Assembly; Vaporizer Mounting & Interlock Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12, 8-13
Pipeline Inlet Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14, 8-15
Failsafe Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16, 8-17
ORC Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18, 8-19
Alarm Channel Assembly and related cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20, 8-21
Flowmeter Shields, Knobs, Labels, Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22, 8-23
Flow Tubes, Restrictor Assemblies, Flow Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24, 8-25
Auxiliary O2 Flowmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26, 8-27
Cyl. Regulator Assemblies, O2 Flush Valve and related parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28, 8-29
CSA Items: Relief Valve, Cylinder Cutoff Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30, 8-31
Yokes, Common Parts, Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32, 8-33
Power Cord, Casters, Absorber Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34, 8-35
Power Supply, Battery, Circuit Breakers (early design machines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36, 8-37
Power Supply, Battery in display box (early design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37A, 8-37B
Power Supply, Battery in display box (later design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37C, 8-37D
Absorber Assembly, Breathing Pressure Hoses, Oxygen Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38, 8-39
Ultrasonic Flow Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39A, 8-39B
Man/Auto Selector Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40, 8-41
Open Reservoir Scavenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42, 8-43
A/C Scavenger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44, 8-45
Vapor Mounting and Excl. System (Euro), Touch-up paint: Euro white, Euro Blue . . . 8-46, 8-47

Rev. P iii
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NARKOMED GS ANESTHESIA SYSTEM

VENTILATOR DISPLAY SCREEN

VENTILATOR
BELLOWS

VAPORIZERS
(OPTIONAL)
MAIN SWITCH
PANEL

FRESHGAS CYLINDER
OUTLET YOKES

O2 FLUSH FLOWMETER
BANK

SV00105

1-0
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS INTRODUCTION

1.0 Recommendations
Because of the sophisticated nature of Draeger Medical, Inc anesthesia equipment and its
critical importance in the operating room setting, it is highly recommended that only
appropriately trained and experienced professionals be permitted to service and maintain
this equipment. Please contact DrägerServiceSM at (800) 543-5047 for service of this
equipment.

Draeger Medical, Inc also recommends that its anesthesia equipment be serviced at three-
month intervals. Periodic Manufacturer’s Service Agreements are available for equipment
manufactured by Draeger Medical, Inc. For further information concerning these
agreements, please contact us at (800) 543-5047.

Draeger Medical, Inc products/material in need of factory repair shall be sent to:
DrägerService
3124 Commerce Drive
Telford, PA 18969
(Include RMA Number)

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


The manual is divided into several sections. The DIAGNOSTICS section describes self-test
and service diagnostics for checking the system functions. An understanding of the on-board
service capabilities is necessary before any attempt is made to troubleshoot the unit. The
TROUBLESHOOTING section lists error codes and provides troubleshooting guides to
assist the Technical Service Representative in locating the source of a problem. The
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES section contains instructions for removal and replacement
of assemblies that are considered field-replaceable. The ADJUSTMENT AND
CALIBRATION PROCEDURES section contains the field procedures needed to restore
original system specifications. The Periodic Manufacturer’s Service (PMS) PROCEDURE
section outlines the steps required to verify the electrical, mechanical and pneumatic safety
of the unit and also identifies components requiring periodic replacement.

GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDELINES


Troubleshooting the Narkomed GS should always begin by communicating with those who
observed or experienced a problem with the unit. This may eliminate unnecessary
troubleshooting steps. Once a general problem is identified, refer to the troubleshooting flow
charts in Section 3 to determine the proper corrective action to be taken.

After any component is replaced, verify that the unit is operating properly by running the
appropriate diagnostic procedure. The PMS PROCEDURE in Section 6 must also be
performed after any component is replaced.

The general arrangement of the Narkomed GS anesthesia system is shown on the opposite
page.

1-1
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION (continued) NMGS

WARNINGS
Warnings are used in this manual before procedures which if not performed correctly could
result in personal injury.

CAUTIONS
Cautions are used in this manual to alert service personnel to the possibility of damage to
the equipment if a procedure is not performed correctly.

Copyright
Copyright© 1999 by Draeger Medical, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, or stored in a retrieval system in any form or
by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, without
written permission of Draeger Medical, Inc.

Trademark Notices
CliniDAS, Datagrip, NAD Information Systems, NAD Logo, Narkomed, O.R. Data Manager,
O.R. Link, ORM, PC Prep/View, Quality Service For Life, Vigilance Audit, Vitalert, Vitalink,
and Narkomed GS are registered trademarks of Draeger Medical, Inc. All other products or
name brands are trademarks of their respective owners.

Disclaimer
The content of this manual is furnished for informational use only and is subject to change
without notice. Draeger Medical, Inc. assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or
inaccuracies that may appear in this manual.

1-2 Rev. E
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS DIAGNOSTICS

2.0 DIAGNOSTICS
The Narkomed GS contains a diagnostic system that monitors certain system functions and
records their operational status. Following a brief System Startup display at power up, the
diagnostics screen shown in Figure 2-1 appears. This display includes one of three messages
at the completion of the diagnostics:

FUNCTIONAL: This message indicates that the NARKOMED GS has passed all
power-up tests and is fully functional. The machine will proceed to
the MACHINE MONITOR screen after a short delay.

CONDITIONALLY This message indicates that a minor problem has been


FUNCTIONAL: detected. The NARKOMED GS will retain this display until any key
is pressed, then the MACHINE MONITOR screen will be displayed.

NON-FUNCTIONAL: This message indicates that a serious problem has been detected. The
machine will not proceed into the MACHINE MONITOR or SYSTEM
MONITOR screen.

The PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE DUE message will appear on the screen if the current
date exceeds the Periodic Manufacturer's Service due date stored in the machine.

Further diagnostic functions are available through service screens that can be called up at
the display panel. The following paragraphs provide a description of each service screen that
can be accessed at the display. If no display is present upon system power-up, refer to
Section 3 of this manual for troubleshooting assistance.

NARKOMED GS
COPYRIGHT 1996, NAD INC.
VERSION: NMGSPOD
SOFTWARE ID: XXXX

DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
FIRMWARE PASS
RAM PASS
VIDEO PASS
A/D CONVERTER PASS
AUDIO -PRIMARY PASS
-BACKUP PASS
SERIAL I/O PASS
CLOCK PASS
NON-VOLATILE MEMORY PASS

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE DUE


FUNCTIONAL

Figure 2-1. Power-up Diagnostics Screen

2-1
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIAGNOSTICS (continued) NMGS

2.1 Main Service Screen


2.1.1 View Mode
The Main Service Screen displays the machine serial number, the last
service date, hours run since last service and total hours run.

To access the Main Service Screen, press and hold the Oxygen High Limit
and Volume Low Limit keys, and press the # key. The View Mode service
screen shown in Figure 2-2 will then appear.

Press the # key to proceed to the Service Mode (described in the next
paragaph), or press the key next to EXIT to return to the monitoring
screen.

MAIN SERVICE SCREEN

MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER : XXXXXXXX


LAST SERVICE DATE : 8-3O-1996
SRVC HOURS RUN SINCE LAST SERVICE: 263
LOG TOTAL HOURS RUN : 624

PMS
SCHED
MON SELECT
CAL

PORT SERVICE CODE EXIT


VIEW

Figure 2-2. Main Service Screen, View Mode

2-2
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS DIAGNOSTICS (continued)

2.1.2 Service Mode

In this screen, the Service Code Changes to SRVC.

Press the key next to SELECT to enable the Technical Service ID entry
as described on the next page.

MAIN SERVICE SCREEN

MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER : XXXXXXXX


LAST SERVICE DATE : 8-3O-1996
SRVC HOURS RUN SINCE LAST SERVICE: 263
LOG TOTAL HOURS RUN : 624

PMS
SCHED
MON SELECT
CAL

PORT SERVICE CODE EXIT


SRVC

Figure 2-3. Main Service Screen, Service Mode

Rev. J 2-3
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIAGNOSTICS (continued) NMGS

2.1.3 Service Mode: I.D. Entry


The Service Mode screen appears as shown in Figure 2-4. Press the key
next to SELECT. Enter the first digit of your service code by using the #
and $ keys to display the desired character. Press the key next to
SELECT to advance to the next digit, and enter the next and remaining
I.D. characters in the same manner.

When this screen is entered, an entry is made in the Service Log.

To access any of the other service screens described on the following


pages, press the key next to the desired function on the left side of the
screen: Service Log, PMS Schedule, Monitor Calibration, or Port
communication settings.

Pressing the key next to RESET will reset the HOURS RUN SINCE
LAST SERVICE to zero, and the LAST SERVICE DATE to the current
date.

If desired, press the key next to EXIT to return to the monitoring screen.

MAIN SERVICE SCREEN


RESET
MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER : XXXXXXXX
LAST SERVICE DATE : 8-3O-1996
SRVC HOURS RUN SINCE LAST SERVICE: 263
LOG TOTAL HOURS RUN : 624

PMS
SCHED
MON TECHNICAL SERVICE
CAL REPRESENTATIVE I.D. SELECT

PORT 0 0 0 0 EXIT

Figure 2-4. Main Service Screen, Service Mode

2-4 Rev. J
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS DIAGNOSTICS (continued)

2.2 Service Log


From the Service Screen (described earlier), press the key next to SRVC LOG.

Figure 2-5 shows an example of the screen that will appear. This screen allows
you to view the events recorded in the machine's service log. Use the $ and #
keys to scroll down or up through the log entries.

Press the key next to EXIT to return to the Main Service Screen.

SERVICE LOG

DATE TIME PARAMETER CODE

09-11-96 10:26 00000000 0000


SYSTEM POWERUP
09-11-96 10:30 00000000 E400
AUDIOGEN SPKR CHK
09-13-96 07:30 00000004 E100

EXIT

Figure 2-5. Service Log

Rev. J 2-5
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIAGNOSTICS (continued) NMGS

2.3 PMS Criteria Screen


The PMS Criteria Screen allows you to select the month when the
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE DUE message appears on the power-up
diagnostics screen.

From the Service Screen (described earlier), press the hidden key next to PMS
SCHED.

Figure 2-6 shows an example of the screen that will appear. Use the # and $
keys to set the desired month.

Press the key next to EXIT to return to the Main Service Screen.

SELECT CRITERIA FOR


“PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE” MESSAGE

MONTH SEP
1996

EXIT

Figure 2-6. PMS Criteria Screen

2-6 Rev. J
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS DIAGNOSTICS (continued)

2.4 Oxygen Monitor Service Screen


The Oxygen Monitor Service Screen shown in Figure 2-7 displays current
readings for the O2 cells, a zero calibration procedure, and the stored calibration
values.

From the Service Screen (described earlier), press the key next to MON CAL.

To perform a zero calibration, follow the calibration procedure shown on the


screen. Pressing the key next to ZERO stores the current values as the new zero
calibration.

To proceed to the Pressure Monitor Service Screen, press the key next to PRES
MON. To return to the Main Service Screen, press the key next to EXIT.

OXYGEN MONITOR SERVICE SCREEN


CURRENT CELL A: 238 ZERO
CURRENT CELL B: 250

ZERO CALIBRATION PROCEDURE:


- REMOVE O2 CELL FROM HOUSING
- LET CURRENT CELL VALUES STABILIZE
- PRESS “ZERO” KEY TO ENTER
CALIBRATION VALUES
- REINSTALL O2 CELL IN SENSOR HOUSING
PRES
MON

STORED ZERO CELL A: 250


STORED ZERO CELL B: 250 EXIT

Figure 2-7. Oxygen Monitor Service Screen

Rev. J 2-7
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIAGNOSTICS (continued) NMGS

2.5 Pressure Monitor Service Screen


The Pressure Monitor Service Screen shown in Figure 2-8 displays the current
reading for airway pressure, a procedure for zero and span calibration, and the
stored calibration values.

To enter the Pressure Monitor Service Screen from the Oxygen Monitor Service
Screen (described earlier), press the key next to PRES MON (ref. Figure 2-6).

To perform a zero calibration, follow the procedure shown on the screen.


Pressing the key next to ZERO stores the current value as the new zero
calibration.

To perform a span calibration, follow the procedure shown on the screen.


Pressing the key next to SPAN stores the current value as the new span
calibration.

To return to the Oxygen Monitor Service Screen, press the key next to OXY
MON. To return to the Main Service Screen, press the key next to EXIT.

PRESSURE MONITOR SERVICE SCREEN


CURRENT PRESSURE VALUE: 250 ZERO

ZERO CALIBRATION PROCEDURE:


- REMOVE PRESSURE SAMPLE LINE FROM
ABSORBER, EXPOSE TO AIR. SPAN
- LET CURRENT PRESSURE VALUE STABILIZE
- SELECT “ZERO” KEY TO
ENTER CALIBRATION VALUES.
OXY
SPAN CALIBRATION PROCEDURE:
- REMOVE PRESSURE SAMPLE LINE FROM MON
ABSORBER, APPLY 50 CMH2O CONSTANT
PRESSURE AT THE SAMPLE LINE, VERIFIED
BY A KNOWN, CALIBRATED METER.
- LET PRESSURE VALUE STABILIZE EXIT
- SELECT THE “SPAN” KEY TO
ENTER THE CURRENT VALUE.

Figure 2-8. Pressure Monitor Service Screen

2-8 Rev. J
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS DIAGNOSTICS (continued)

2.6 Serial Port Configuration Screen


The Serial Port Configuration screen shown in Figure 2-9 allows you to set the
machine parameters for communicating with external devices.

From the Service Screen (described earlier), press the key next to PORT.

Use the $ and # keys to change the settings; press the key next to SELECT
to move to the next setting.

Press the key next to EXIT to return to the Main Service Screen.

SERIAL PORT CONFIGURATION

BAUD RATE: 19200

PARITY : NONE

STOP BITS: 1

DATA BITS : 8

PROTOCOL: VLNK SELECT

EXIT

Figure 2-9. Serial Port Configuration Screen

Rev. J 2-9
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

3.0 TROUBLESHOOTING
This section contains information to assist the North American Dräger qualified
Technical Service Representative (TSR) in locating electrical faults affecting the
NARKOMED GS monitoring and display devices. Since most troubleshooting efforts
begin with verifying power supply voltages, the following paragraph outlines the
voltage distribution scheme within the machine along with test points for each of the
voltages.

3.1 Power Supply and Voltage Distribution


In the NARKOMED GS, +5VDC, +12VDC and -12VDC are supplied to J14 on
the processor board; +8VDC is supplied to J4 on the alarm channel and is also
distributed to the ventilator controller via J3 on the alarm channel. These
voltages can be measured at the connectors shown in Figure 3-1. Output voltage
of the primary power supply is measured at J3 on the Condor supply. Table 3-1
lists the acceptable range for each voltage under normal load conditions. Figure
3-2 shows a block diagram of the NARKOMED GS, including the primary and
secondary voltage distribution scheme.

Table 3-1: Test Points and Allowable Ranges

PROCESSOR VOLTAGE ACCEPTABLE RANGE

J14-10 (Blk) + 5 VDC 4.80 to 5.25 VDC


J14-4 (Blu) + 12 VDC 11.65 to 12.85 VDC
J14-13 (Red) - 12 VDC -11.50 to -13.00 VDC
J14-15 (Brn) Common
Lamp J14-1 (Brn) + 12 VDC
Lamp J14-3 (Orn) Common
ALARM CHANNEL VOLTAGE ACCEPTABLE RANGE
J3-9 (Wht) + 8 VDC 7.70 to 8.30 VDC
J3-3 (Orn) Common
CONDOR PWR SUPP VOLTAGE ACCEPTABLE RANGE
J3-1 (Brn) + 15 VDC 14.0 to 16.0 VDC
J3-8 (Wht) Common

3-1
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued) NMGS

13 14 15

10 11 12 7 8 9
PROCESSOR BOARD ALARM
CONNECTOR J14 7 8 9 CHANNEL 4 5 6
(TOP VIEW OF CONNECTOR) CONNECTOR J3 1 2 3
4 5 6

1 2 3

SV00111A

FIGURE 3-1. Power Supply Voltage Test Points

VENTILATOR
SPEAKER CONTROLLER
J2
VAPORIZER
SELECT

J104 J12 J105


J103 J1
O2 SENSOR
PROCESSOR FLOWMETER J2 J3
J102
RESP VOL LIGHTS
SENSOR ALARM
CHANNEL
J14 J204 J4
READING KEYPAD 30 PSI
LAMP SW
DISPLAY
J4

J1 J2
J6
BATTERY CB2
POWER
SUPPLY
PCB

J3

J3
FILTER
J1 PRIMARY
MAINS CB1 POWER
SUPPLY
FILTER

CB3

CONVENIENCE
RECEPTACLES

FIGURE 3-2. Narkomed GS Block Diagam (Electrical)

3-2
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued)

NOTE: The Narkomed GS will not turn on, or operate, unless the power cable
is connected to J14 on the processor board. Disconnecting this cable
breaks a sense connection that automatically powers down +5V, +12V, -
12V, and +8V.

3.2 Battery
While the machine is operating from an AC line, the battery voltage at full
charge should be within the range of 13.50 to 14.80 VDC. Battery voltage can be
measured at the battery terminals. During battery operation, the low battery
cutoff voltage should be within the range of 10.5 to 10.0 VDC.

3.3 Troubleshooting Guides


Table 3-2 lists common failure modes and symptoms (excluding simultaneous
multiple faults) for the monitoring and display devices in the NARKOMED GS.
Each failure mode or symptom is keyed to a troubleshooting guide flow chart at
the back of this section to assist the TSR in locating a problem. These flow
charts assume that the machine is plugged into an AC outlet with the correct
voltage, and the machine is not running on its backup battery.

Table 3-2: Narkomed GS Failure Mode and Symptom List

FAILURE MODE / SYMPTOM CORRECTIVE ACTION

Loss of O2 Monitor Guide 1


Loss of Breathing Pressure Monitor Guide 2
Loss of Respiratory Volume Monitor Guide 3
No Audio Alarms Guide 4
Serial Port Communication failure Guide 5
No Oxygen Supply Pressure Alarms Guide 6
Display Blank Upon System Power-up Guide 7
Keypad Inoperative Guide 8
Ventilator Inoperative Guide 9

3-3
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued) NMGS

GUIDE 1: Loss of O2 Monitor

START

IS O2
Y
MONITOR WORKING
PROPERLY?

CONNECT
SENSOR N
CORD TO
INTERFACE
IS
SENSOR CORD
N
CONNECTED TO
INTERFACE
PANEL?
INSTALL SENSOR Y
ELEMENT
CORRECTLY

IS SENSOR
N
ELEMENT INSTALLED
CORRECTLY?

CHECK INTERNAL
CABLE FROM
INTERFACE PANEL
TO J103 ON
PROCESSOR BOARD

IS O2
Y
MONITOR WORKING
PROPERLY?

REPLACE
PROCESSOR PERFORM A
DOES UNIT Y UNIT IS
ASSEMBLY COMPLETE PMS
PASS PMS? FUNCTIONAL
AS OUTLINED IN ON UNIT
SECTION 4
N

IS O2 Y
MONITOR WORKING
PROPERLY?

N
REINSTALL ORIGINAL
CONTACT NAD
PROCESSOR
SERVICE DEPT.
ASSEMBLY

3-4
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued)

GUIDE 2: Loss of Breathing Pressure Monitor

START

IS
Y
BREATHING PRESSURE
MONITOR WORKING
PROPERLY?

N
CHECK PILOT
LINE CONNECTION
AT BOTH ENDS

N IS
PILOT LINE
CONNECTED?

CHECK INTERNAL
TUBING FROM
INTERFACE PANEL
TO TRANSDUCER
ON PROCESSOR ASM.

IS
Y
BREATHING PRESSURE
MONITOR WORKING
PROPERLY?

REPLACE
PERFORM A Y
PROCESSOR ASM. DOES UNIT UNIT IS
COMPLETE PMS
AS OUTLINED IN PASS PMS? FUNCTIONAL
ON UNIT
SECTION 4

IS
Y
BREATHING PRESSURE
MONITOR WORKING
PROPERLY?

N
REINSTALL ORIGINAL CONTACT NAD
PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY SERVICE DEPT.

3-5
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued) NMGS

GUIDE 3: Loss of Respiratory Volume Monitor

START

IS RESPIRATORY Y
VOLUME MONITOR
WORKING PROPERLY?

CONNECT
SENSOR N
CORD TO
INTERFACE

N IS SENSOR
CORD CONNECTED TO
INTERFACE PANEL?

CHECK SENSOR Y
AND VALVE
MOUNTING & GASKETS

N IS
SENSOR INSTALLED
PROPERLY?

Y
REPLACE VOLUME
SENSOR
AS OUTLINED IN
SECTION 4 Y
DOES UNIT UNIT IS
PASS PMS? FUNCTIONAL

IS RESPIRATORY Y PERFORM A
VOLUME MONITOR COMPLETE PMS
WORKING PROPERLY? ON UNIT CONTACT NAD
SERVICE DEPT.

Y
N

REINSTALL ORIGINAL IS RESPIRATORY N REINSTALL ORIGINAL


VOLUME SENSOR VOLUME MONITOR PROCESSOR
--------------------------------- WORKING PROPERLY? ASSEMBLY
CHECK INTERNAL CABLE
FROM INTERFACE PANEL
TO J102 ON Y
PROCESSOR BOARD

REPLACE
IS RESPIRATORY N PROCESSOR
VOLUME MONITOR ASSEMBLY
WORKING PROPERLY? AS OUTLINED IN
SECTION 4

3-6
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued)

GUIDE 4: No Audio Alarms

START

ARE Y
AUDIO ALARMS
WORKING?

CHECK SPEAKER
WIRE HARNESS
AND CONNECTION TO
PROCESSOR BOARD
J12

ARE Y
AUDIO ALARMS
WORKING?

SUBSTITUTE
ANOTHER SPEAKER

ARE Y
REPLACE
AUDIO ALARMS
SPEAKER
WORKING?

REPLACE
PROCESSOR PERFORM A Y
DOES UNIT UNIT IS
ASSEMBLY COMPLETE PMS
PASS PMS? FUNCTIONAL
AS OUTLINED IN ON UNIT
SECTION 4

ARE Y
AUDIO ALARMS
WORKING?

N
REINSTALL ORIGINAL
CONTACT NAD
PROCESSOR
SERVICE DEPT.
ASSEMBLY

3-7
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued) NMGS

GUIDE 5: Serial Port Communication Failure

START

SERIAL N
PORT COMMUNICATION
FAILURE?

CHECK PERIPHERAL
AND HOST SERIAL
PORT CONFIGURATION
SETTINGS

SERIAL N
PORT COMMUNICATION
FAILURE?

CONNECT Y
PERIPHERAL CABLE
TO SERIAL INTERFACE
PORT

IS
N PERIPHERAL
CABLE CONNECTED TO
SERIAL INTERFACE
PORT?

SUBSTITUTE SERIAL N PERFORM A


ANOTHER CABLE PORT COMMUNICATION COMPLETE PMS
FAILURE? ON UNIT

N SERIAL
PORT COMMUNICATION
FAILURE? N DOES
REINSTALL ORIGINAL UNIT PASS
PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY PMS?
Y

Y
REPLACE
PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY
AS OUTLINED IN
SECTION 4 CONTACT NAD UNIT IS
SERVICE DEPT. FUNCTIONAL

REPLACE
CABLE

3-8
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued)

GUIDE 6: No O2 Supply Pressure Alarms

START

ARE
O2 SUPPLY Y
PRESSURE ALARMS
FUNCTIONAL?

CHECK O2 LOW
PRESSURE ALARM
LOW O2 SWITCH
N
SUPPLY PRESSURE ON AND WIRE HARNESS,
DISPLAY ONLY? ALL CONNECTIONS TO
ALARM CHANNEL. (REF.
SECTION 4)

CHECK CABLE AND


CONNECTIONS: ALARM ARE
O2 SUPPLY Y UNIT IS
CHANNEL J1 TO
PRESSURE ALARMS FUNCTIONAL
PROCESSOR BOARD
J105 FUNCTIONAL?

N
Y

ARE
Y PERFORM A
O2 SUPPLY DOES UNIT
COMPLETE PMS
PRESSURE ALARMS PASS PMS?
ON UNIT
FUNCTIONAL?

N
N

REPLACE
REPLACE ARE
PROCESSOR
ALARM CHANNEL O2 SUPPLY
ASSEMBLY
AS OUTLINED IN PRESSURE ALARMS
AS OUTLINED IN
SECTION 4 FUNCTIONAL?
SECTION 4

REINSTALL ORIGINAL
ARE CONTACT NAD
PROCESSOR
O2 SUPPLY Y SERVICE DEPT.
ASSEMBLY
PRESSURE ALARMS
FUNCTIONAL?

3-9
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued) NMGS

GUIDE 7: Display Blank Upon System Power-up

START

IS DISPLAY N
BLANK UPON SYSTEM
POWER-UP?

POWER OFF,
CONNECT Y
DISPLAY CABLE TO
PROCESSOR PORT
J204

IS DISPLAY
N
CABLE CONNECTED
TO PROCESSOR
PORT J204?

CHECK POWER
SUPPLY VOLTAGES,
REPLACE POWER
SUPPLY IF OUT
OF TOLERANCE

IS DISPLAY N
BLANK UPON SYSTEM
POWER-UP?

POWER OFF,
SUBSTITUTE ANOTHER UNIT IS
DISPLAY FUNCTIONAL

POWER OFF,
IS DISPLAY N REPLACE DISPLAY PERFORM A DOES
BLANK UPON SYSTEM ASSEMBLY COMPLETE PMS UNIT PASS
POWER-UP? AS OUTLINED IN ON UNIT PMS?
SECTION 4

Y N

POWER OFF,
RECONNECT N
ORIGINAL DISPLAY
----------------------------------
POWER OFF,
--
IS DISPLAY Y REINSTALL
REPLACE CONTACT NAD
BLANK UPON SYSTEM ORIGINAL
PROCESSOR SERVICE DEPT.
POWER-UP? PROCESSOR
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
AS OUTLINED IN
SECTION 4

3-10
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued)

GUIDE 8: Keypad Inoperative

START

IS Y
KEYPAD WORKING
PROPERLY?

N
CONNECT
KEYPAD CABLE TO
PROCESSOR PORT J4

N IS
KEYPAD CABLE
CONNECTED?

CHECK POWER
SUPPLY VOLTAGES,
REPLACE POWER
SUPPLY IF OUT OF
TOLERANCE

IS Y
KEYPAD WORKING
PROPERLY?

SUBSTITUTE ANOTHER
KEYPAD UNIT IS
FUNCTIONAL

REPLACE
IS Y PERFORM A
KEYPAD DOES UNIT
KEYPAD WORKING COMPLETE PMS
AS OUTLINED IN PASS PMS?
PROPERLY? ON UNIT
SECTION 4

N
N

Y
RECONNECT ORIGINAL
KEYPAD
---------------------------------
IS N REINSTALL ORIGINAL
REPLACE CONTACT NAD
KEYPAD WORKING PROCESSOR
PROCESSOR SERVICE DEPT.
PROPERLY? ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
AS OUTLINED IN
SECTION 4

3-11
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (continued) NMGS

GUIDE 9: Ventilator Inoperative

START

IS VENTILATOR Y
WORKING
PROPERLY?

N
CHECK CABLES AND TUBING
CONNECTIONS AT VENTILATOR
VERIFY CORRECT SETTINGS: CONTROLLER, REPLACE
VENTILATOR SWITCH ON, CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY AS
INSP. FLOW, FREQUENCY, OUTLINED IN SECTION 4
I:E RATIO, TIDAL VOLUME,
PRESS. LIMIT CONTROL

IS VENTILATOR Y
CHECK CYLINDER AND WORKING
PIPELINE SUPPLIES FOR PROPERLY?
ADEQUATE O2 PRESSURE

REINSTALL ORIGINAL
VERIFY CORRECT BREATHING
VENTILATOR CONTROLLER
HOSE AND SCAVENGER
---------------------------------------
HOSE CONNECTIONS TO
REPLACE VALVE AND
BELLOWS ASSEMBLY
GUIDE ASSEMBLY AS
OUTLINED IN SECTION 4

IS VENTILATOR Y
WORKING
PROPERLY? IS VENTILATOR Y
PERFORM A
WORKING
COMPLETE PMS
PROPERLY?
N ON UNIT

IS 8V
Y
POWER PRESENT REINSTALL ORIGINAL Y
DOES UNIT UNIT IS
AT J2 ON VENTILATOR VALVE AND
PASS PMS? FUNCTIONAL
CONTROLLER? GUIDE ASSEMBLY

N
N

CHECK WIRE HARNESS FROM


ALARM CHANNEL J3, CABLE Y
IS VENTILATOR
FROM POWER SUPPLY J2 CONTACT NAD
WORKING
TO ALARM CHANNEL J4, SERVICE DEPT.
PROPERLY?
CHECK POWER SUPPLY,
REPLACE DEFECTIVE ASSEMBLY
N

3-12
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES

4.0 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES

This section outlines removal and replacement procedures for the field-replaceable
assemblies of the NARKOMED GS Anesthesia System.

These procedures are to be performed only by a Draeger Medical, Inc. qualified


Technical Service Representative (TSR).

The following are the only procedures authorized by DrägerService to be performed


in the field. All other service procedures shall be referred to NAD's Technical Service
Department.

NOTE: The PMS PROCEDURE given in Section 6 must be performed after


any replacement, removal, calibration or adjustment procedure.

4-1
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.1 Cylinder Yoke Assemblies

Each cylinder yoke contains a replaceable filter and check valve assembly.
Replacement of this assembly requires that the yoke be removed from the
anesthesia machine. Figure 4-1 shows a typical cylinder yoke mounting
arrangement. Access to the yoke mounting screws and gas line connection
requires that the table top be removed from the machine.

4.1.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

4.1.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

4.1.3 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

4.1.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

4.1.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve, and close the flow control valves. Press the
O2 Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.1.6 Set the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.1.7 Remove the cylinder where the yoke is to be replaced.

WARNING:Store the cylinder in a safe place and lay it on its side.

4.1.8 Loosen the screws holding the table top to the machine and lift out the
table top.

4.1.9 Pull the writing tray out to its fully extended position.

4.1.10 Disconnect the gas line fitting at the yoke and remove the two yoke
mounting screws.

4.1.11 Remove the filter and check valve assembly from the yoke and install a
replacement assembly.

NOTE: If the entire yoke assembly is being replaced, verify that the pin
indexing arrangement and the label are in agreement with the gas
designation stamped on the mounting surface of the yoke. Refer to the
parts list in Section 8.

NOTE: If the yoke spacer is removed from the frame rail of the machine, be
sure to re-install it in its original position.

4-2
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

YOKE ASSEMBLY
(TYPICAL)

YOKE SPACER

FILTER AND
CHECK VALVE
ASSEMBLY

SV00799

GAS LINE

Figure 4-1. Cylinder Yoke Assembly

4-3
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.1.12 Position the yoke on the spacer, and install the two mounting screws
and lockwashers. Tighten the screws securely. Connect the gas line
fitting to the yoke.

4.1.13 If a new cylinder is being installed, remove the old sealing washer from
the gas inlet of the yoke and install a new washer.

4.1.14 Install the correct cylinder in the yoke, making sure that the index pins
are properly engaged before tightening the handle bolt. The cylinder
should hang vertically after the handle is tight.

4.1.15 Perform the following leak test on the yoke assembly:

4.1.16 Open the cylinder valve and check for a pressure indication on the
corresponding gauge at the gas instrumentation panel.

NOTE: The cylinder used for this test must contain the following minimum
pressure:

O2 : 1000 Psi

N2O : 700 Psi

HE : 1000 Psi

CO2 : 800 Psi

AIR : 1000 Psi

N2 : 1000 Psi

4.1.16.1 Close the cylinder valve and remove the cylinder from the
yoke.

4.1.16.2 For any gas, the pressure should not drop more than 50 Psi in
two minutes.

4.1.17 Re-install the cylinder in the yoke.

4.1.18 Reinstall the table top and tighten its retaining screws.

4.1.19 Replace the pipeline hoses.

4.1.20 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-4
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.2 Cylinder Pressure Regulators

Access to the cylinder pressure regulators requires that the table top be
removed from the anesthesia machine. Figure 4-2 shows the mounting
arrangement of the regulators and typical connections.

4.2.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

4.2.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

4.2.3 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

4.2.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

4.2.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve, and close the flow control valves. Press the
O2 Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.2.6 Set the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.2.7 Remove the cylinder corresponding to the regulator to be replaced.

4.2.8 Loosen the screws holding the table top to the machine and lift out the
table top.

4.2.9 Pull the writing tray and the top cabinet drawer out to their fully
extended position.

4.2.10 Disconnect the compression fittings at the regulator.

4.2.11 Loosen the two setscrews holding the regulator to its mounting bracket
and remove the regulator.

4.2.12 Record the serial number of the regulator that was removed, and
record the serial number of the replacement regulator.

NOTE: If fittings must be installed in the replacement regulator, use Loctite


#271 (red). Refer to the parts list in Section 8.

NOTE: For Canadian machines, verify that the correct relief valve is installed
in the regulator. Refer to the parts list in Section 8 for CSA items.

4.2.13 Position the replacement regulator in its mounting bracket, and


connect the three compression fittings. Do not tighten the fittings yet.

4-5
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

TOP VIEW WITH


TABLE TOP REMOVED

O2 CYLINDER N2O CYLINDER


PRESSURE PRESSURE
REGULATOR REGULATOR

SET SCREWS

AIR OR OPTIONAL
THIRD GAS CYLINDER
PRESSURE REGULATOR

TEST GAUGE
CONNECTION
(TYPICAL

SIDE VIEW

ADJUSTMENT
SCREW

SV20342

ACORN NUT

Figure 4-2. Cylinder Pressure Regulators

4-6
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.2.14 Tighten the regulator mounting setscrews to a torque of 50 to 55 in. lbs.

4.2.15 Tighten the compression fittings.

4.2.16 Locate the TEE fitting in the ¼ in. diameter regulator output line, and
remove the plug from the TEE fitting.

4.2.17 Set the regulator output pressure in accordance with the Cylinder
Pressure Regulator Adjustment given in Section 5.

4.2.18 Perform the following leak test on the high pressure side of the
regulator:

4.2.18.1 Open the cylinder valve and check for a pressure indication on
the corresponding gauge at the gas instrumentation panel.

NOTE: The cylinder used for this test must contain the following minimum
pressure:

O2 : 1000 Psi
N2O : 700 Psi
HE : 1000 Psi
CO2 : 800 Psi
AIR : 1000 Psi
N2 : 1000 Psi

4.2.18.2 Close the cylinder valve and remove the cylinder from the
yoke.

4.2.18.3 For any gas, the pressure should not drop more than 50 Psi in
two minutes.

4.2.19 Re-install the cylinder in the yoke.

4.2.20 Reinstall the table top and tighten its retaining screws.

4.2.21 Connect the pipeline hoses.

4.2.22 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-7
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.3 Cylinder Cutoff Valves (Canada)

Access to the cylinder cutoff valves requires removal of the table top from the
anesthesia machine. Figure 4-3 shows typical locations of the O2, Air or 3rd gas,
and N2O cutoff valve assemblies. The instructions apply to all three assemblies.

NOTE: Replacement of the O2 Cutoff Valve Assembly shall be performed every


24 months. Documentation shall be created by the service person and a copy
distributed to the owner institution. Testing of the O2 Cutoff Valve shall be
performed at each PMS. (Perform the flow test given at the end of the following
procedure)

4.3.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

4.3.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

4.3.3 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

4.3.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

4.3.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve, and close the flow control valves. Press the
O2 Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.3.6 Set the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.3.7 Loosen the screws holding the table top to the machine and lift out the
table top.

4.3.8 Pull the writing tray and the top cabinet drawer out to their fully
extended position.

4.3.9 Disconnect the compression fittings indicated at points marked C on


the illustration.

4.3.10 Disconnect the flexible tubing from the cutoff valve assembly at the
point marked A on the illustration.

4.3.11 Remove the cylinder cutoff assembly.

4.3.12 Connect the flexible tubing to the replacement cutoff valve assembly
and secure it with the hose clamp.

4-8
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

SV50526

C
A

C
C
C C

C C
A A
O2 CYLINDER AIR OR 3RD GAS N20 CYLINDER
CUTOFF VALVE CYLINDER CUTOFF VALVE
ASSEMBLY CUTOFF VALVE ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY

Figure 4-3. Cylinder Cutoff Valves (Canada)

4-9
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.3.13 Connect and tighten the compression fittings at points marked C on


the illustration.

4.3.14 Perform the following test: --Remove the plug from the test gauge
connection at the Tee fitting in the regulator outlet piping, and install a
test gauge.

NOTE: The cylinders used for this test must contain the following minimum
pressure: O2: 1000 PSI AIR: 1000 PSI
O2+He : 1000 PSI N2O: 745 PSI

--Set the System Power switch to ON.


--For the O2 cutoff valve: open the O2 cylinder valve and set the oxygen flow to 4
liters per min.
--For the N2O cutoff valve: open the O2 cylinder valve and the N2O cylinder
valve. Set each flow to 4 liters per min.
--Verify that regulator outlet pressure is between 43 and 49 PSI.
--Connect the pipeline hoses and pressurize to 50 PSI.
--Turn off the pipeline supply and observe the pipeline pressure gauge.
--The cutoff valve shall open when the pipeline pressure drops through the
range of 45 to 40 PSI.
--Close the cylinder valve(s), and close the flow control valve(s).
--Disconnect test pressure gauge and reinstall the plug in the regulator outlet
piping.

4.3.15 Reinstall the table top and tighten its retaining screws.

4.3.16 Connect the pipeline hoses.

4.3.17 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

O2 Flow Test:

--Disconnect all pipeline supplies.


--Install a full O2 cylinder on the machine, and open the cylinder valve.
--Turn the System Power switch to ON.
--Set the Inspiratory Flow control to maximum high, and turn the ventilator
switch to ON.
--Set the oxygen flow to 10 l/min.
--Verify that the oxygen flow does not drop below 8 l/min. while the ventilator is
running.
--Press and hold the O2 FLUSH button while observing the O2 flowmeter, and
verify that the oxygen flow does not drop below 8 l/min.
--If the oxygen flow in either of the above two steps drops below 8 l/min., replace
the O2 cutoff valve assembly.

4-10
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.4 Cylinder and Pipeline Pressure Gauges

Replacement of the cylinder and pipeline pressure gauges requires that the
plexiglass front cover be removed from the gas instrumentation panel, and also
the rear cover for access to the gauge connections. Figure 4-4 shows gauge
mounting and connection details.

4.4.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

4.4.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

4.4.3 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

4.4.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

4.4.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve, and close the flow control valves. Press the
O2 Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.4.6 Set the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.4.7 Remove the screws holding the rear cover, and remove the cover.

4.4.8 Loosen the screws holding the table top to the machine and lift out the
table top.

4.4.9 Remove the screws holding the flowmeter shield and vapor box front
cover panel, and remove the panel.

4.4.10 Remove the oxygen flow control knob. The knob has two setscrews.

NOTE: If the knob must be rotated to allow access to a setscrew, carefully note
its position so that it can be re-assembled in the same position with the
"Off Stop" properly set.

4.4.11 Remove the two screws holding the knob guard in place, and remove
the knob guard.

4.4.12 Carefully remove the plexiglass cover from the front of the flowmeter
housing.

4-11
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

REAR VIEW OF
FLOWMETER HOUSING
WITH REAR COVER REMOVED

GAUGE
MOUNTING
NUTS (TYPICAL)
FLEXIBLE
TUBING
CONNECTION
(PIPELINE
PRESSURE
GAUGES)

SV50501

COMPRESSION FITTING
(CYLINDER PRESSURE GAUGES)

Figure 4-4. Cylinder and Pipeline Pressure Gauges

4-12
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

NOTE: Intermediate assemblies may need to be removed to allow access to the


gauge connections and mounting hardware. Be sure to keep a record of
the disassembly sequence so that all tubing can be correctly re-
assembled.

4.4.13 A: For the cylinder pressure gauges:

Disconnect the compression fitting at the back of the gauge.

Remove the gauge mounting nuts, and remove the gauge from the front
of the panel.

Install the replacement gauge in the panel using the flat washers, lock
washers and mounting nuts that were previously removed.

Connect the gas line to the gauge and tighten the compression fitting.

4.3.13 B: For the pipeline pressure gauges:

Locate the flexible tubing connecting the gauge to the pipeline inlet
assembly and disconnect the tubing.

Remove the gauge mounting nuts, and remove the gauge from the front
of the panel.

Disconnect the flexible tubing from the gauge.

Connect a new 7-inch length of tubing (8-inch for the air pipeline
pressure gauge) to the replacement gauge and secure it with a hose
clamp.

Place the gauge in the panel and secure it with the flat washers, lock
washers and mounting nuts that were previously removed.

Place a hose clamp on the other end of the flexible tubing; connect the
tubing to the pipeline inlet assembly and secure it with the hose clamp.

4.4.14 If a cylinder pressure gauge was replaced, perform the following leak
test:

4-13
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.4.14.1 Open the cylinder valve and check for a pressure indication on
the corresponding gauge at the gas instrumentation panel.

NOTE: The cylinder used for this test must contain the following minimum
pressure:

O2 : 1000 Psi
N2O : 700 Psi
HE : 1000 Psi
CO2 : 800 Psi
AIR : 1000 Psi
N2 : 1000 Psi

4.4.14.2 Close the cylinder valve and remove the cylinder from the
yoke.

4.4.14.3 For any gas, the pressure should not drop more than 50 Psi in
two minutes.

4.4.15 Re-install the cylinder in the yoke.

4.4.16 Place the plexiglass cover over the gauges and flow tubes, and ensure
that the cover is fitted properly over the flow control valves.

4.4.17 Place the knob guard over the flow control valves and install its two
retaining screws.

4.4.18 Install the oxygen flow control knob and tighten its setscrews. If the
knobs are installed properly, their labels will be straight when the
knobs are against their clockwise stops.

4.4.19 Replace the front plate at the top of the plexiglass cover and secure it
with the hardware that was previously removed.

4.4.20 Replace the rear cover and its retaining screws.

4.4.21 Reinstall the table top and tighten its retaining screws.

4.4.22 Connect the pipeline hoses.

4.4.23 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-14
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.5 Flowmeters

The flowmeter tubes are held by compression in gaskets at the top and bottom
of each tube. Each upper gasket is seated in an adjustable retainer that allows
removal of the tube as shown in Figure 4-5. Access to the flow tubes and their
retainers requires removal of the plexiglass cover on the gas instrumentation
panel.

4.5.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

4.5.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

4.5.3 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

4.5.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

4.5.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve, and close the flow control valves. Press the
O2 Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.5.6 Set the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.5.7 Loosen the screws holding the table top to the machine and lift out the
table top.

4.5.8 Remove the screws holding the flowmeter shield and vapor box front
cover panel, and remove the panel.

4.5.9 Remove the oxygen flow control knob. The knob has two setscrews.

NOTE: If the knob must be rotated to allow access to a setscrew, carefully note
its position so that it can be re-assembled in the same position with the
"Off Stop" properly set.

4.5.10 Remove the two screws holding the knob guard in place, and remove
the knob guard.

4.5.11 Carefully remove the plexiglass cover from the front of the flowmeter
housing.

4-15
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

FLOW TUBE RETAINER SCREW

UPPER FLOW TUBE RETAINER

FLOW TUBE

LIGHTING CHANNEL

FLOW RESTRICTOR

SV40605

GASKET GUIDE RING

Figure 4-5.

4-16
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.5.12 Loosen the screw directly above the flowmeter tube to be replaced.
Turning the screw counter clockwise will raise the upper flow tube
retainer. Raise the retainer far enough to be able to pull the top of the
tube outward, and remove the tube.

NOTE: If the bottom of the tube is seated in a flow restrictor, be sure that the
arrangement of the restrictor and its gaskets is not disturbed.

4.5.13 Make sure that the replacement flow tube bears the correct markings
and has a ball.

4.5.14 Place the bottom of the flowmeter tube into the guide ring of the lower
gasket seal, and position the top of the flow tube into the center guide
ring of the top gasket seal. It will be easier to hold the tube if the
adjacent lighting channel is pulled forward and temporarily removed.

CAUTION: The flowmeter tube must be properly centered over the guide rings
or damage to the flowmeter tube may occur.

4.5.15 Ensure that the markings on the flow tube are facing forward, and
turn the upper retainer screw clockwise until the flow tube is firmly
held in place.

CAUTION: Do not over-tighten the screw as the flowmeter tube may break.

4.5.16 Perform the following leak test on the system:

4.5.16.1 Disconnect the absorber hose from the fresh gas outlet.
Ensure that all flow control valves are closed.

4.5.16.2 Connect a test gauge and B.P. bulb to the fresh gas outlet, and
pressurize the system to 50 cm H2O.

4.5.16.3 The pressure should not drop more than 10 cm H2O in thirty
seconds.

4.5.17 Disconnect the test gauge and re-connect the absorber hose to the fresh
gas outlet.

4.5.18 Replace any lighting channels that were previously removed.

4-17
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.5.19 Place the plexiglass cover over the gauges and flow tubes, and ensure
that the cover is fitted properly over the flow control valves.

4.5.20 Place the knob guard over the flow control valves and install its two
retaining screws.

4.5.21 Install the oxygen flow control knob and tighten its setscrews. If the
knobs are installed properly, their labels will be straight when the
knobs are against their clockwise stops.

4.5.22 Replace the front plate at the top of the plexiglass cover and secure it
with the hardware that was previously removed.

4.5.23 Reinstall the table top and tighten its retaining screws.

4.5.24 Connect the pipeline hoses.

4.5.25 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-18
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.6 Flow Control Valves

The flow control valves have replaceable elements that are removable from the
front of the gas instrumentation panel as shown in Figure 4-6. Each flow control
knob has a clockwise positive stop arrangement that prevents damage to the
valve seat. Whenever a valve cartridge is replaced, the "off stop" must be set as
outlined in the following procedure.

4.6.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

4.6.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

4.6.3 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

4.6.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

4.6.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve and the O2 flow control valve. Press the O2
Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.6.6 Set the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.6.7 Remove the oxygen flow control knob.

4.6.8 Remove the two screws holding the knob guard in place, and remove
the knob guard.

4.6.9 Remove the knob (if not already removed) from the valve that is being
replaced, and remove the stop pin nut.

4.6.10 Remove the flow control valve by holding it at the wrench flats and
turning it counter-clockwise.

4.6.11 Install the replacement flow control valve in the valve body.

CAUTION: Before tightening the cartridge, rotate the valve shaft several turns
counter-clockwise to prevent bottoming the valve element into the
seat when the cartridge is tightened.

4.6.12 Replace the stop pin nut.

4.6.13 Replace the knob guard and secure it with the two mounting screws.

4-19
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

FLOW CONTROL VALVE


VALVE HOUSING

STOP PIN
NUT

WRENCH
FLATS

KNOB GUARD

SV50502

LABEL KNOB

Figure 4-6. Flow Control Valves

4-20
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.6.14 Turn the System Power switch to ON.

4.6.15 A: For the O2 flow control valve:

Open the oxygen cylinder valve.

Turn the flow control valve clockwise until the flow rate will not drop
any further. (If the machine has been modified to eliminate the
minimum flow feature, turn the valve until the flow rate is zero.)

4.6.15 B: For the other gas flow control valves:

Open the oxygen cylinder valve, and open the cylinder valve
corresponding to the flow control valve replacement.

Set the oxygen flow rate to four liters per minute.

Turn the other gas flow control valve clockwise until the flow rate is
zero.

4.6.16 Place the knob on the flow control valve shaft and turn it clockwise
until it engages the stop pin. Tighten one of the knob setscrews.

4.6.17 Turn the knob in both directions and ensure that the flow can be
controlled over its entire range. When the valve is closed, the knob
should be against the clockwise stop. Tighten the remaining setscrew.

4.6.18 If the knob label is not horizontal when the valve is closed, remove the
label and install a new label in the correct position.

4.6.19 Connect the pipeline hoses.

4.6.20 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-21
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.7 Auxiliary Oxygen Flow Meter

The auxiliary oxygen flowmeter is attached to the side of the machine's


flowmeter housing by two screws (or by a stud and nut arrangement) -accessible
from inside the housing. A flexible O2 supply tube from the flowmeter connects
to a hose barb fitting at the system power switch. Figure 4-7 shows a typical
mounting and tubing arrangement.

4.7.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and close all cylinder valves.

4.7.2 Press the O2 Flush button to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.7.3 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY and remove AC power
from the machine.

4.7.4 Remove the back cover from the flowmeter housing.

4.7.5 Cut the tie strap on the flexible tube at the system power switch, and
remove the tube.

4.7.6 Remove the screws (or nuts) securing the auxiliary O2 flowmeter, and
remove the flowmeter.

4.7.7 Position the replacement flowmeter at the side of the flowmeter


housing (feed the flex tubing through the clearance hole) and secure
the auxiliary O2 flowmeter with the two screws (or nuts) that were
previously removed.

4.7.8 Connect the flex tubing to the hose barb fitting behind the Clippard
valve, and secure it with a tie strap.

4.7.9 Reinstall the flowmeter housing back cover.

4.7.10 Connect the pipeline hoses and restore AC power to the machine.

4.7.11 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-22
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

MOUNTING SCREW (2X)


(USED WITH EARLIER
MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT)

PRESS-ON
HOSE CLAMP

FLEX TUBING

KEP HEX NUT

AUXILIARY O2
FLOWMETER
(NEW STYLE ILLUSTRATED)
TIE STRAP

HOSE BARB
FITTING

MACHINES WITH
LATER STYLE
CHANNEL

FLEX TUBING

TIE STRAP

SV50547

Figure 4-7. Auxiliary O2 Flowmeter

4-23
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.8 Oxygen Supply Pressure Failure Protection Device

The oxygen supply failure protection devices (failsafe assemblies) are located
within the flowmeter housing. Access to these assemblies requires removal of
the rear cover. Figure 4-8 shows a typical arrangement of a failsafe assembly
and its connections.

4.8.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

4.8.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

4.8.3 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

4.8.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

4.8.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve and the O2 flow control valve. Press the O2
Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.8.6 Set the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.8.7 Remove the screws holding the rear cover, and remove the cover.

4.8.8 Disconnect the flexible O2 control line.

4.8.9 isconnect the compression fittings at the side ports and at the check
valve, and remove the assembly.

NOTE: If fittings must be installed in the replacement block assembly, use


Loctite #271 (red). Fittings are listed in Section 8.

4.8.10 Install the replacement failsafe assembly, and tighten the three
compression fittings.

4.8.11 Connect the flexible tubing to the control port, and secure the
connection with the hose clamp.

4-24
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

OXYGEN SUPPLY
FAILURE PROTECTION DEVICE
(N2O CONTROL DEVICE ILLUSTRATED)

O2 CONTROL LINE

TO N2O FLOW
CONTROL VALVE

CHECK VALVE

FROM CYLINDER
PRESSURE
REGULATOR

FROM PIPELINE
INLET ASSEMBLY SV50536

Figure 4-8. Oxygen Supply Failure Protection Device

4-25
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.8.12 Perform the following test:

4.8.12.1 Open the cylinder valves.

4.8.12.2 Set the System Power switch to ON.

4.8.12.3 Set the oxygen flow to five liters per minute.

4.8.12.4 Set the other gas flow to five liters per minute.

4.8.12.5 Close the oxygen cylinder valve.

4.8.12.6 As the oxygen flow decreases, the other gas flow should stop.

4.8.12.7 Set the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.8.13 Reinstall the rear cover and its retaining screws.

4.8.14 Connect the pipeline hoses.

4.8.15 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-26
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.9 Alarm Channel and Oxygen Supply Pressure Alarm Switch

The alarm channel assembly includes the oxygen supply pressure alarm switch,
the alarm circuit board, and the system power switch.

NOTE: Service replacement alarm channel assemblies are supplied without the
O2 supply pressure alarm switch and wire harness.

Whenever the alarm channel is replaced, the oxygen supply pressure alarm
switch must be tested to ensure that its operating point is set correctly. Removal
of the alarm channel requires removal of the upper flowmeter cover plate, and
removal of the flowmeter housing rear cover. The alarm channel assembly is
held in place by two screws from the back. Figure 4-9 shows a rear view of the
assembly and its connections.

4.9.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

4.9.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

4.9.3 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

4.9.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

4.9.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve and the O2 flow control valve. Press the O2
Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.9.6 Set the System Power switch to STANDBY, and remove AC power from
the machine.

4.9.7 Disable the circuit breakers on the power supply by pulling out each
button with a knife or sharp object.

4.9.8 Remove the screws holding the flowmeter shield and vapor box front
cover panel, and remove the panel.

4.9.9 Remove the screws holding the flowmeter housing rear cover, and
remove the cover.

4.9.10 Loosen the screws holding the table top, and lift out the table top.

4.9.11 Disconnect the cables from J1, J2, J3 and J4 on the alarm circuit
board.

4.9.12 Disconnect the compression fitting on the O2 line nearest to the oxygen
supply pressure alarm switch.

4-27
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

REAR VIEW SIDE VIEW

UPPER ALARM
CHANNEL
MOUNTING SCREW J1
J2

ALARM CIRCUIT J3
BOARD
AUXILARY O2
FLOWMETER
CONNECTION
J4

O2 CONNECTIONS

ADJUSTMENT WHEEL
INCREASE SETPOINT OXYGEN
DECREASE SETPOINT SUPPLY
PRESSURE
ALARM SWITCH

COM.
LOWER ALARM N.C.
CHANNEL MOUNTING
SCREW SV50508

Figure 4-9. Alarm Channel and Oxygen Supply Pressure Alarm Switch

4-28
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.9.13 Disconnect the remaining two O2 lines at the top and bottom of the tee
fitting.

4.9.14 If the machine is equipped with an auxiliary O2 flowmeter, cut the tie
strap on its flexible line and carefully remove the flex line from the
hose barb.

4.9.15 From the back of the flowmeter housing, remove the upper and lower
alarm channel mounting screws.

4.9.16 At the front of the machine, pull the alarm channel assembly forward,
and feed the flowmeter lights wire harness through the hole at the top
of the alarm channel.

4.9.17 Disconnect the orange and orange/white wires from the oxygen supply
pressure alarm switch.

4.9.18 The following steps apply to replacement of the oxygen supply pressure
alarm switch.

4.9.19 Remove the alarm switch from the assembly at point as shown in the
illustration.

4.9.20 Install the replacement alarm switch with sealing tape on the threads,
and ensure that the switch is oriented on the assembly as shown in the
illustration.

4.9.21 Connect the orange and orange/white wires to the replacement switch
in the same manner as the original.

4.9.22 Feed the flowmeter lights wire harness through the hole at the top of
the alarm channel, and set the alarm channel assembly into place.

4.9.23 Install the upper and lower alarm channel mounting screws.

4.9.24 If applicable, reconnect the flex line from the auxiliary O2 flowmeter
and install a new tie strap at the hose barb.

4.9.25 Reconnect the the O2 lines, and tighten the three compression fittings.

4.9.26 Reconnect the cables to J1, J2, J3 and J4 on the alarm circuit board.

4.9.27 Reinstall the front flowmeter cover with the screws that were
previously removed.

4.9.28 Pull the writing tray out to its fully extended position.

4-29
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.9.29 Locate the tee fitting in the ¼ in. diameter output line of the O2
regulator and remove the plug from the tee fitting.

4.9.30 Connect a dedicated O2 test gauge to the tee fitting.

4.9.31 Connect AC power to the machine and enable the circuit breakers by
pressing their buttons in.

4.9.32 Open an oxygen cylinder valve and turn the System Power switch to
ON.

4.9.33 Set the oxygen flow to five liters per minute.

4.9.34 Close the oxygen cylinder valve.

4.9.35 As the pressure drops, the O2 SUPPLY alarm should activate when the
pressure is between 40 and 34 psi as shown on the test gauge.

4.9.36 If the alarm activates when the pressure is below 34 psi or above above
40 psi, turn the adjustment wheel (see illustration), repeat the test and
adjust as necessary to bring the set point into the correct range.

4.9.37 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.9.38 Disconnect the test gauge and replace the plug in the regulator line tee
fitting.

4.9.39 Reinstall the table top and tighten its retaining screws.

4.9.40 Reinstall the flowmeter housing rear cover and its retaining screws.

4.9.41 Connect the pipeline hoses.

4.9.42 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-30
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.10 Oxygen Ratio Controller

The Oxygen Ratio Controller (ORC) is part of the N2O flowmeter sub-assembly
and is located within the flowmeter housing. The ORC is accessible by removing
the rear flowmeter housing cover. Figure 4-10 shows a typical ORC location and
mounting arrangement, with a detail of the O-rings and filter.

4.10.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

4.10.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

4.10.3 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

4.10.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

4.10.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve and the O2 flow control valve. Press the O2
Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.10.6 Set the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.10.7 Remove the press-on clamp securing the flexible O2 line to the ORC,
and carefully disconnect the tubing from the hose barb.

4.10.8 Remove the three screws holding the ORC to the flowmeter sub-
assembly, and carefully remove the ORC from the flowmeter housing.

4.10.9 Install the 6 in. length of flexible tubing with a blue N2O label on the
replacement ORC (see detail view in illustration) Secure each
connection with a press-on hose clamp.

Position the replacement ORC at the back of the N2O flowmeter sub-
assembly; be sure that its O-rings and filter are in place, and install its
three mounting screws.

4.10.10 Connect the flexible O2 line to the ORC and secure it with the press-on
hose clamp.

4.10.11 Open the O2 and N2O cylinder valves.

4-31
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

REAR VIEW OF FLOWMETER HOUSING


WITH REAR COVER REMOVED
ADJUSTING SCREW

LOCKNUT

O2 CONNECTION

ORC ASSEMBLY

O-RING
#105
(NEOPRENE)

FILTER

O-RING
0.066 X 0.042
(BUNA-N)

ORC ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING SCREWS (3X)

SV50504

Figure 4-10. Oxygen Ratio Controller

4-32
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.10.12 Perform the ORC adjustment procedure given in Section 5 of this


manual.

4.10.13 Reinstall the flowmeter housing rear cover.

4.10.14 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-33
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.11 Vaporizers

Each vaporizer is held to the machine by two metric sized hex screws. These
screws are located at the back of the vaporizer manifold, and are accessible by
removing the cover from the interlock mechanism as shown in Figure 4-11.
Before removing a vaporizer from the machine, it must be completely drained
and dried in accordance with the procedure given below. Be sure to have a
suitable packing or storage container available in which to place the vaporizer.

CAUTION: The following steps must be performed in the sequence given.

4.11.1 Turn the System Power switch to ON.

4.11.2 Set all vaporizer handwheels to their Zero or OFF position.

WARNING:Do not inhale anesthetic vapors as this could result in personal


injury.

4.11.3 Remove the filler and drain plugs, and drain the vaporizer into a
suitable container. Dispose of the residual agent in an approved
manner.

4.11.4 Turn the vaporizer handwheel to the maximum concentration setting.

4.11.5 Set the oxygen flow to 10 l/min. for at least 20 minutes.

WARNING:This procedure must be performed in a well ventilated area and


without personnel present.

4.11.6 Turn the vaporizer handwheel to 0 (zero), and replace the filler and
drain plugs.

4.11.7 Turn the oxygen flow off, and turn the System Power switch to
STANDBY.

4.11.8 Remove the back cover from the vaporizer interlock mechanism.

4.11.9 While holding the vaporizer, remove the mounting screws and carefully
separate the vaporizer from the machine. Note the arrangement of
gaskets so that the replacement vaporizer can be installed in the same
manner.

4.11.10 Place the vaporizer in a suitable container for transport or storage.

WARNING:Do not tilt a vaporizer that contains anesthetic agent more than 45
degrees. Failure to observe this precaution will render the handwheel
calibration invalid.

4-34
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

COVER SCREWS
AND WASHERS (4X)

BACK COVER

VAPORIZER MOUNTING
SCREWS (2X)

MANIFOLD

O-RINGS
SV00106

VAPORIZER

Figure 4-11. Vaporizer Installation

Rev. E 4-35
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

NOTE: Should a vaporizer containing anesthetic agent be accidentally tilted


more than 45 degrees, it must be drained and flushed in accordance
with instructions given in the manual supplied with the vaporizer.

4.11.11 Set the handwheel on the replacement vaporizer to its Zero position.

4.11.12 Install the replacement vaporizer on the machine (be sure the O-rings
are in place) and tighten the mounting screws to a torque of 24 to 26.5
inch pounds.

4.11.13 Perform the following test on the interlock mechanism:

4.11.13.1 Turn the center vaporizer handwheel ON. The left and the
right vaporizer handwheels should be locked in their Zero
position.

4.11.13.2 Turn the center vaporizer OFF and turn the left vaporizer ON.

4.11.13.3 Turn the left vaporizer OFF and turn the right vaporizer ON.
The center and the left vaporizer handwheels should be locked
in their Zero position.

NOTE: If the vaporizer interlock mechanism is not working properly, refer to


the adjustment procedure given in Section 5.

4.11.14 Reinstall the back cover on the vaporizer interlock mechanism.

4.11.15 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-36
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.12 O2 Flush Valve

The O2 flush valve is located at the front of the machine next to the fresh gas
outlet. Access to the flush valve requires removal of the table top. Figure 4-12
shows the mounting and assembly details of the flush valve.

4.12.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.12.2 Disconnect all pipeline hoses.

4.12.3 Close the O2 cylinder valve.

4.12.4 Press the O2 Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

4.12.5 Loosen the screws holding the table top to the machine and lift out the
table top.

4.12.6 Hold the O2 Flush button in and rotate it until one of its set screws are
visible through an access hole in the guard ring, and loosen the set
screw.

4.12.7 Turn the O2 Flush button 180 degrees, hold it in and loosen the other
set screw.

4.12.8 Remove the O2 Flush button and washer from the valve shaft.

4.12.9 Disconnect the two compression fittings at the valve.

NOTE: Do not lose the flow restrictor located at the right-angle fitting. This
restrictor will be transferred to the replacement valve assembly.

4.12.10 The O2 Flush valve is retained by the guard ring on the front of the
machine frame. Hold the body of the Clippard valve with an open end
wrench; insert a rod or hex wrench through the holes in the guard ring
(or use a spanner wrench), and un-screw the guard ring from the front
of the frame rail.

4.12.11 Assemble the replacement O2 Flush valve, spacer, internal tooth lock
washer and guard ring through the frame and tighten the assembly,
making sure that the valve is mounted straight.

4.12.12 Connect the compression fittings to the valve. Be sure the flow
restrictor is in place at the right-angle fitting.

4.12.13 Place the washer and the O2 Flush button on the valve shaft.

4-37
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

COMPRESSION
FITTING

RESTRICTOR
O2 FLUSH VALVE

SPACER

ACCESS HOLES

WASHER

INTERNAL TOOTH
LOCKWASHER

PUSH BUTTON

GUARD RING

FRONT VIEW WITH


TABLE TOP REMOVED

SET SCREWS SV49099

Figure 4-12. O2 Flush Valve

4-38
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.12.14 Hold the O2 Flush button in and turn it until a set screw is visible
through an access hole in the guard ring. Tighten the set screw. Rotate
the button 180 degrees until the other set screw is visible, and tighten
the set screw.

4.12.15 Disconnect the absorber fresh gas hose from the fresh gas outlet.
Connect a test gauge and B.P. bulb to the fresh gas outlet, and perform
the following test:

4.12.15.1 Open the oxygen cylinder valve and allow the pressure to
stabilize. (The cylinder pressure must be at least 1000 psi for
this test.)

4.12.15.2 Release any pressure that is indicated on the test gauge.

4.12.15.3 Over the next 60 seconds, the test gauge should not show a
pressure increase greater than 2 cm H2O.

4.12.15.4 Increase the pressure to 50 cm H2O.

4.12.15.5 The pressure should not drop more than 10 cm H2O in the
next 30 seconds.

4.12.15.6 Disconnect the test gauge from the fresh gas outlet.

4.12.15.7 Close the oxygen cylinder valve.

4.12.15.8 The pressure should not drop more than 50 psi in two
minutes.

4.12.15.9 Connect a volumeter to the fresh gas outlet, and reset the
volumeter to zero.

4.12.15.10 Press the O2 Flush button and observe the flow rate. It should
be between 45 and 65 liters per minute.

4.12.15.11 Disconnect the volumeter from the fresh gas outlet.

4.12.16 Connect the absorber fresh gas hose to the fresh gas outlet.

4.12.17 Reinstall the table top and tighten its mounting screws.

4.12.18 Connect the pipeline hoses.

4.12.19 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-39
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.13 AV-2+ Ventilator Controller Assembly

The Ventilator Controller assembly is attached to the left front panel of the
ventilator box and includes electrical and pneumatic components. Figure 4-13
shows the mounting screw locations and connections to the ventilator controller.
Figure 4-13A shows a later design.

4.13.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY and remove AC power
from the machine.

4.13.2 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and close all cylinder valves.

CAUTION: The controller circuit board contains static sensitive devices. Use
ESD protection when handling the controller assembly.

4.13.3 Remove the two screws securing the left end of the ventilator controller
panel.

4.13.4 Pull the left side of the panel outward, slide it to the left until the
locking tab on the right side of the panel is clear of its receptacle, then
pull the assembly out far enough to gain access to its connections.

4.13.5 Disconnect the alarm channel wiring harness from J2 on the controller
circuit board, and disconnect the Man/Auto selector interface cable
from J7 on the circuit board.

4.13.6 Disconnect the following large and small diameter pneumatic tubing
(the letters are keyed to the illustration - Figures 4-13 and 4-13A):

A: Small dia. tube from solenoid to rear vent fitting on bellows box
B: Large dia. tube from supply valve to venturi
C: Small dia. tube to auto-ranging valve
D: Large dia. tube from main switch (O2 supply)

4.13.7 Remove the controller assembly from the machine.

4.13.8 Position the replacement controller assembly in the ventilator box and
reconnect the four pneumatic lines.

4.13.9 Reconnect the alarm channel wire harness to J2 on the controller


circuit board, and the Man/Auto selector interface cable to J7 on the
circuit board.

4-40 Rev. H
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

TOP VIEW OF CONTROLLER


ASSEMBLY IN VENTILATOR BOX

TO VENT TO AUTO-RANGING VALVE

TO VENTURI O2 SUPPLY

D
B

C
A

RETAINING
SCREWS (2X) J2 (ALARM CHANNEL
SV00108 WIRE HARNESS)

J7 (MAN/AUTO SELECTOR
INTERFACE CABLE)

Figure 4-13. AV2+ Ventilator Controller Assembly

4-41
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.13.10 Slide the controller into the ventilator box, carefully fit the locking tab
into its receptacle at the right side of the panel, and slide the assembly
to the right until it is properly seated.

4.13.11 Reinstall the two retaining screws at the left side of the panel.

4.13.12 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

TO AUTO-RANGING VALVE

TO VENTURI

D
TO VENT
B

A O2 SUPPLY

SV00120

Figure 4-13A. AV2+ Ventilator Controller Assembly, Later Design

4-42 Rev. H
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.14 Ventilator Bellows Valve and Guide Assembly with Pressure Limit Control

The Ventilator Bellows Valve and Guide Assembly, and the Pressure Limit
Control are located in the bellows box on the left side of the machine. Access to
the components requires removal of the bellows box front panel, and removal of
the upper bellows support plate from the bellows box. Figure 4-14 shows the
pneumatic connections and the mounting arrangement of the components.

4.14.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY, and remove AC power
from the machine.

4.14.2 Close all cylinder valves, and disconnect the pipeline hoses from the
machine.

4.14.3 Press the O2 Flush button to relieve pressure from the system.

4.14.4 Adjust the TIDAL VOLUME control to raise the volume indicator to its
minimum setting.

4.14.5 Disconnect the breathing hose and the scavenger hose from the bellows
assembly. Loosen the wing nuts and remove the bellows assembly.

4.14.6 Remove the canister from the bellows box by pulling it downward.

4.14.7 Unscrew the bellows adjustment tube from the bellows valve assembly.

4.14.8 Remove the screws holding the bellows box front panel and knob
assemblies, and remove the panel.

4.14.9 Loosen the rear support plate screw, and remove the two front support
plate screws.

4.14.10 Pull the support plate forward, then lower it to a point where the
tubing connections are accessible.

4.14.11 Disconnect the large diameter tubing from the venturi, and the small
diameter tubing from the auto-ranging valve.

4.14.12 Carefully remove the assembly from the machine.

4-43
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

SV50514
10 1:2 .5

BELLOWS BOX
FRONT VIEW

FRONT PANEL
BELLOWS MOUNTING SCREWS (4X)
GUIDE

FRONT PANEL AND


CANISTER KNOB ASSEMBLY

VOLUME INDICATOR

BELLOWS
ASSEMBLY ADJUSTMENT ROD

Figure 4-14. Tidal Volume Adj. & Valve Case Assembly

4-44
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

BELLOWS
SV50414
ADJUSTMENT TUBE

BELLOWS BOX
FRONT VIEW WITH
FRONT PANEL REMOVED
FLEX TUBING
FROM CONTROLLER

UPPER BELLOWS
SUPPORT PLATE

SUPPORT PLATE
BOTTOM VIEW OF
SCREWS (3X)
BELLOWS BOX

PRESSURE LIMIT
CONTROL MOUNTING
SCREWS (4X)

VALVE CASE
ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING SCREWS

Figure 4-14 continued. Tidal Volume Adj. & Valve Case Assembly

4-45
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.14.13 Unscrew the bellows adjustment tube from the replacement bellows
valve.

4.14.14 Position the support plate in the bellows box and reconnect the large
and small diameter tubing that was previously removed.

4.14.15 Slide the support plate up and to the rear until it is seated properly in
the bellows box.

4.14.16 Reinstall the two front support plate screws, and tighten the rear
support plate screw.

4.14.17 Reinstall the bellows adjustment tube on the bellows valve.

4.14.18 Place the bellows box front panel into position, ensure that the slots in
the knob assemblies are correctly aligned with their drive pins on the
bellows adjustment and pressure limit control shafts, and reinstall the
screws holding the front panel to the machine.

4.14.19 Replace the bellows canister; ensure that its markings are facing
forward.

4.14.20 Replace the bellows assembly and tighten the wing nuts holding it in
place.

4.14.21 Reconnect any hoses that were previously removed from the bellows
assembly.

4.14.22 Reconnect the pipeline hoses and AC power cord.

4.14.23 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-46
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.15 Caster

Each caster is retained by a set screw in the side of the lower frame rail as
shown in Figure 4-15. Caster replacement requires that the machine be tilted to
provide enough clearance for the caster stem to be withdrawn from the bottom
of the frame rail.

WARNING: Do not tilt the machine more than 10 degrees or raise the casters
more than 3½ inches from the floor. Failure to observe this precaution may
result in a tip-over, causing personal injury. Vaporizers containing anesthetic
agent may also be damaged.

4.15.1 Obtain a brace capable of supporting one side of the machine with its
casters two to three inches from the floor.

4.15.2 Remove all unsecured equipment and accessories from the machine.

4.15.3 Lock the front casters.

4.15.4 Using at least two people, tilt the machine until the casters on one side
are raised two to three inches from the floor, and position the support
brace under the frame rail between the front and back casters.

4.15.5 Remove the plastic cap in the side of the frame rail to provide access to
the caster stem set screw.

4.15.6 Loosen the set screw and remove the caster.

4.15.7 Insert the replacement caster into the frame and hold it in its seated
position.

4.15.8 Tighten the caster stem set screw and replace the plastic cap in the
frame rail.

4.15.9 Using at least two people, tilt the machine, remove the support brace
and carefully lower the machine to the floor.

4.15.10 Check for proper operation of the caster and ensure that the front
casters lock properly.

4.15.11 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6, including a vaporizer


calibration verification.

4.15.12 Replace any unsecured equipment and accessories that were


previously removed.

4-47
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

2 TO 3
INCHES

SETSCREW

PLASTIC CAP

SV20334

Figure 4-15. Caster Replacement

4-48
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.16 Battery (machines with power supply on back of machine)

The backup battery is located in the bottom of the power supply compartment
on the back of the machines. Access to the battery requires removal of the power
supply compartment cover. Figure 4-16 shows the battery connection and
mounting arrangement.

4.16.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY and remove AC power
from the machine.

4.16.2 Disable the circuit breakers on the back panel by pulling out each
button with a knife or sharp object.

WARNING:Ensure that AC power is removed from the machine before opening


the power supply compartment cover. Failure to observe this
precaution may cause injury by electric shock.

4.16.3 Remove the screws holding the power supply compartment cover, and
remove the cover.

4.16.4 Loosen the captive mounting screw holding the battery retainer bar,
and remove the retainer bar.

4.16.5 Disconnect the battery wire harness from the battery terminals. Note
the wire color and position of the wires so that the harness can be
reinstalled in the same manner.

4.16.6 Remove the battery from the compartment.

4.16.7 Ensure that the replacement battery is wrapped in a protective bag in


the same manner as the original.

Place the replacement battery in the compartment, with the terminals


oriented as shown in the illustration.

4.16.8 Reinstall the battery retainer bar by placing its tab through the slot in
the bracket, and tightening the captive mounting screw at the other
end of the bar.

Rev. E 4-49
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

SV00131

VIEW OF POWER SUPPLY


COMPARTMENT WITH
COVER REMOVED

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS

CAPTIVE
MOUNTING SCREW

BATTERY
RETAINER BAR

BATTERY

Figure 4-16. Battery Replacement

4-50
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.16.9 Connect the battery wire harness to the battery terminals with the
black wire to the (-) terminal, and the yellow wire to the (+) terminal.

4.16.10 Reinstall the power supply compartment cover with the screws that
were previously removed.

4.16.11 Enable the circuit breakers and restore power to the machine.

4.16.12 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-51
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.16A Battery (machines with power supply in display box)

The backup battery is attached to the power supply assembly which is located in
the display box. Access to the battery requires removal of the top cover of the
machine and and removal of the power supply assembly. Figure 4-16A shows
the battery connection and mounting arrangement.

4.16A.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY and remove AC power
from the machine.

4.16A.2 Disable the battery circuit breaker (located on the underside of the
display box) by pulling out the button with a knife or sharp object.

WARNING: Ensure that AC power is removed from the machine before


removing the top cover. Failure to observe this precaution may cause injury by
electric shock.

4.16A.3 Loosen the screws holding the top cover, disconnect the ground wire
and remove the cover.

4.16A.4 Remove the display box back cover; loosen the captive mounting screws
holding the power supply assembly, slide the assembly back until it can
be tilted to gain access to all the battery retainer mounting screws.

4.16A.5 Disconnect the battery wire harness from the battery terminals.

4.16A.6 Remove the four screws securing the battery retainer, separate it from
the power supply assembly and remove the battery.

4.16A.7 Ensure that the replacement battery is wrapped in a protective bag in


the same manner as the original.

Install the battery with the terminals oriented as shown in the


illustration, and secure its retainer with the hardware that was
previously removed.

16A.8 Connect the battery wire harness to the battery terminals with the
white/black wire to the (-) terminal, and the white/red wire to the (+)
terminal as shown in the illustration.

4.16A.9 Reinstall the power supply assembly in the display box, and reinstall
the back cover.

4.16A.10Connect the ground wire and reinstall the top cover on the machine.

4-51A Rev. E
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.16A.11 Enable the circuit breaker and restore power to the machine.

4.16A.12Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

BATTERY RETAINER SCREWS BATTERY


AND LOCK WASHERS (4X) RETAINER

BATTERY

WH/BLACK WIRE

WH/RED WIRE

SV00109A

POWER SUPPLY
ASSEMBLY

Figure 4-16A: BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Rev. E 4-51B
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.17 Primary Power Supply

The primary power supply is located in the power supply compartment on the
back of the machine. Access to the primary power supply requires removal of
the power supply compartment cover. Figure 4-17 shows the primary power
supply connection and mounting arrangement.

4.17.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY and remove AC power
from the machine.

4.17.2 Disable the circuit breakers on the side of the power supply
compartment by pulling out each button with a knife or sharp object.

WARNING:Ensure that AC power is removed from the machine before opening


the power supply compartment cover. Failure to observe this
precaution may cause injury by electric shock.

4.17.3 Remove the screws holding the power supply compartment cover, and
remove the cover.

4.17.4 Disconnect the input wire harness from J1 on the power supply, and
disconnect the output wire harness from J3.

4.17.5 Loosen the captive mounting screw holding the battery retainer bar,
and remove the retainer bar.

4.17.6 Remove the four nuts holding the mounting plate bracket and power
supply to the back of the compartment, and remove the assembly from
the compartment.

4.17.7 Separate the power suply from the mounting plate bracket by
removing the four retaining screws from the back of the plate.

4.17.8 Install the replacement power supply on the mounting plate bracket
using the hardware removed in the previous step.

4.17.9 Reinstall the mounting plate bracket in the power supply compartment
with the four nuts that were previously removed.

4.17.10 Reinstall the battery retainer bar and tighten its captive mounting
screw.

4.17.11 Connect the output wire harness to J3 on the power supply, and the
input wire harness to J1.

4-52
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

VIEW OF POWER SUPPLY


COMPARTMENT WITH
COVER REMOVED
SV00130

CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CAPTIVE MOUNTING SCREW

BATTERY RETAINER BAR

PRIMARY
POWER
SUPPLY
PRIMARY
POWER SUPPLY MOUNTING
DETAIL:

J3
POWER SUPPLY
MOUNTING SCREWS
AND LOCK WASHERS (4X) J1

MOUNTING PLATE
BRACKET

8-32 KEP NUT (4X)

Figure 4-17. Primary Power Supply Replacement

4-53
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.17.12 Reinstall the power supply compartment cover with the screws that
were previously removed.

4.17.13 Enable the circuit breakers and restore power to the machine.

4.17.14 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-54
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.18 Power Supply PCB

The power supply PCB is located in the power supply compartment on the back
of the machine. Access to the power supply PCB requires removal of the power
supply compartment cover. Figure 4-18 shows the power supply PCB connection
and mounting arrangement.

4.18.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY and remove AC power
from the machine.

4.18.2 Disable the circuit breakers on the side of the power supply
compartment by pulling out each button with a knife or sharp object.

WARNING:Ensure that AC power is removed from the machine before opening


the power supply compartment cover. Failure to observe this
precaution may cause injury by electric shock.

4.18.3 Remove the screws holding the power supply compartment cover, and
remove the cover.

4.18.4 Disconnect the following from the power supply PCB:

J1: Output wire harness to processor PCB


J2: Ribbon cable from alarm channel PCB
J5: Power ON indicator lamp
J6: Battery wire harness
J3: Wire harness from primary power supply

4.18.5 Remove the four screws and lock washers holding the power supply
PCB, and remove the assembly.

4.18.6 Install the replacement power supply PCB assembly using the
hardware removed in the previous step.

4.18.7 Re-connect the cables and wire harnesses that were previously
disconnected.

4.18.8 Reinstall the power supply compartment cover with the screws that
were previously removed.

4.18.9 Enable the circuit breakers and restore power to the machine.

4.18.10 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-55
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

J2

J5

J6

POWER SUPPLY
PCB ASSEMBLY MOUNTING
SCREWS AND
LOCK
WASHERS (4X)

J1

J3

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS

VIEW OF POWER SUPPLY


COMPARTMENT WITH
COVER REMOVED
SV00133

Figure 4-18. Power Supply PCB Assembly Replacement

4-56
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.18A Power Supply Assembly (machines with power supply in display box)

The power supply assembly is located in the display box and comprises the
primary power supply, PCB assembly, battery, battery circuit breaker and power
on indicator lamp. Access to the assembly requires removal of the top cover of
the machine. Figure 4-18A shows the power supply connection and mounting
arrangement.

4.18A.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY and remove AC power
from the machine.

4.18A.2 Disable the battery circuit breaker (located on the underside of the
display box) by pulling out the button with a knife or sharp object.

WARNING: Ensure that AC power is removed from the machine before


removing the top cover. Failure to observe this precaution may cause
injury by electric shock.

4.18A.3 Loosen the screws holding the top cover, disconnect the top cover
ground wire and remove the cover.

4.18A.4 Remove the back cover from the display box.

4.18A.5 Disconnect the following:

AC power cable from J1 on power supply


Processor power wire harness from J1 on power supply PCB
Alarm channel ribbon cable from J2 on power supply PCB
Power supply ground wire from display box

4.18A.6 Loosen the two captive mounting screws on the power supply assembly,
slide the assembly back until it is clear of the shoulder screws, then lift
the assembly from the display box.

4.18A.7 Position the replacement assembly in the display box; slide it into place
and then tighten the captive mounting screws.

4.18A.8 Reconnect the ground wire and cables that were previously
disconnected.

4.18A.9 Reinstall the back cover on the display box.

4.18A.10Connect the top cover ground wire and reinstall the top cover on the
machine.

4.18A.11 Enable the battery circuit breaker and restore power to the machine.

4.18A.12Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

Rev. E 4-56A
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

BATTERY CONNECTOR
TO ALARM CHANNEL

TO PROCESSOR

POWER SUPPLY
ASSEMBLY AC POWER IN
(LATER DESIGN)

GROUND WIRE

TO PROCESSOR
GROUND WIRE

TO ALARM CHANNEL

AC POWER IN
POWER SUPPLY
ASSEMBLY
(EARLY DESIGN)

CAPTIVE MOUNTING
SCREW (2X)

SV00108A

Figure 4-18A: Power Supply Assembly

4-56B Rev. P
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.19 Lamp Assembly

The lamp assembly contains a 12V lamp, rocker switch and wire harness as
shown in Figure 4-19. The tab on the left side of the assembly fits into a
rectangular opening in the underside of the display assembly, and the lamp
assembly is retained by a single screw.

4.19.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.19.2 Remove the lamp assembly retainer screw; lower and turn the
assembly to remove it from the opening in the bottom of the display
assembly.

4.19.3 Carefully separate the in-line connector on the wire harness.

NOTE: The next four steps apply if you are replacing the bulb (and not the
entire assembly).

CAUTION: Do not touch the glass envelope of the bulb, as finger oil will
damage the bulb.

4.19.4 Firmly grasp the lamp assembly, and slide the black heat sink from the
assembly.

4.19.5 Remove the bulb by sliding it out of the socket.

4.19.6 Install the replacement bulb in the socket in the same manner as the
original.

4.19.7 Reinstall the lamp heat sink.

4.19.8 Join the connector on the replacement lamp assembly to the wire
harness on the machine.

4.19.9 Install the replacement lamp assembly in the underside of the display
assembly by inserting the tab into the opening, then raise the lamp
assembly into position and reinstall the retainer screw.

4.19.10 Turn the System Power switch to ON and verify that the lamp is
working properly.

4.19.11 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-57
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

SV00129
DISPLAY
ASSEMBLY

CONNECTOR

SLIDE TO
REMOVE LAMP
HEATSINK

RETAINER
SCREW
AND LOCK
LAMP ASSEMBLY
WASHER

Figure 4-19. Lamp Assembly Replacement

4-58
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.20 Processor Assembly

Access to the processor assembly requires removal of the vent box back panel,
and removal of the processor mounting screws. The assembly can then be pulled
out for access to the cables. Figure 4-20 shows the mounting arrangement and
cable connections to the processor board.

4.20.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY and remove AC power
from the machine.

4.20.2 Disconnect the following items from their connectors at the underside
of the vent box:
Data cable
Volume sensor interface cable
O2 sensor interface cable
Breathing pressure line (quick-disconnect fitting)

CAUTION: The processor board contains static sensitive devices. Use ESD
protection when handling the processor assembly.

4.20.3 Remove the vent box back panel screws.

4.20.4 At the underside of the vent box, remove the three screws holding the
processor assembly to the vent box.

4.20.5 Pull the processor assembly outward and then down to gain access to
its cables.

4.20.6 Disconnect the following from the processor board:


J104:Vaporizer select switch wire harness
J105:Alarm channel ribbon cable
J14: Power supply wire harness
J4: Keypad ribbon cable
J204:Display ribbon cable

4.20.7 Carefully remove the processor assembly from the vent box.

4.20.8 Inspect the jumper on JP6 (top PCB) on the replacement processor
assembly and ensure it is installed on pins 5 and 6 before installing the
processor assembly. This jumper is not placed on both pins of JP6 in
order to prevent backup battery drain while the processor assembly is
in stock.
NOTE: On later design boards this jumper is at JP2. See Figure 4-40A.
4.20.9 For machines with an ultrasonic flow sensor, there should be a jumper
on Pins 1 & 2 at JP101 (see detail on Figure 4-40A). Remove this
jumper if the machine has a Spiromed sensor.

Rev. P 4-59
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

SV00109

VENT BOX
BACK PANEL
SCREWS (7X)

PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING SCREWS (3X)
(UNDERSIDE OF VENT BOX)

JP6 JUMPER
TOP VIEW OF PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY

J204
(TO DISPLAY)

J4
(FROM
KEYPAD)

JIO5 (FROM ALARM CHANNEL J1)


J14
(FROM POWER SUPPLY PCB J1) JIO4 (FROM VAPORIZER SELECT SWITCHES)

Figure 4-20. Processor Assembly Replacement (Early Design PCB Assembly Shown)

4-60 Rev. L
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

JUMPER JP2 SV00201

J12
J103
J18
J104
J9
JUMPER J105
(SEE TEXT) J104
J14
1 2
3 4
5 6
J4
JP101
DETAIL J204

Figure 4-20A. Later Design PCB Assembly

4.20.10 Carefully position the replacement processor assembly in the vent box,
and connect all of the cables previously disconnected.

4.20.11 Slide the processor assembly into the vent box, making sure that its
back apron is under the vent box.

Reinstall the three processor assembly mounting screws up through


the processor chassis and into the threaded inserts in the vent box.

4.20.12 Reinstall the vent box back panel with the screws that were previously
removed.

4.20.13 Restore power to the machine and observe the Power-Up Diagnostic
display (see Section 2) to verify that the replacement processor is
working properly.

4.20.14 Access the secondary service screen and enter the machine serial
number and vaporizer configuration into memory. Contact
DrägerService for access instructions if necessary.

4.20.15 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

Rev. P 4-61
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.21 Keypad and Display Panel

The keypad (switch panel) and display panel comprise a sandwich assembly
held between the front bezel and a bezel plate on the back as shown in Figure 4-
21. The keypad and the display panel are independently replaceable, as
outlined in the following disassembly and re-assembly sequence.

4.21.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY and remove AC power
from the machine.

4.21.2 Remove the bezel retainer screws at the right side of the display box.

4.21.3 Pull the right side of the bezel outward, slide it to the right until the
locking tab on the left side of the bezel is clear of its receptacle, then
pull the assembly out far enough to gain access to its connections.

4.21.4 Disconnect the ground wire and ribbon cables from the bezel assembly.

4.21.5 Remove the display panel cover from the back of the assembly.

4.21.6 Separate the bezel plate from the bezel by removing the four bezel
plate screws, and lift out the keypad and display panel.

4.21.7 Remove the four nuts holding the display panel to the keypad, and
remove the display panel.

NOTE: If you are replacing the keypad, transfer the spacers to the studs on the
replacement keypad.

4.21.8 Assemble the keypad (or replacement keypad) and the display panel
(or replacement display panel) using the nuts and lock washers that
were previously removed.

4.21.9 Place the keypad and display panel into the bezel, and reattach the
bezel plate using the screws and lock washers that were previously
removed.

4.21.10 Reinstall the display panel cover using the screws and lock washers
that were previously removed.

4.21.11 Re-connect the ribbon cables and ground wire.

4.21.12 Slide the bezel assembly into the display box, carefully fit the locking
tab into its receptacle at the left side of the panel, and slide the
assembly to the left until it is properly seated.

4-62
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

BEZEL ASSEMBLY
RETAINER SCREWS

BEZEL

KEYPAD

SPACER(4X)

SV00128 DISPLAY PANEL

BEZEL PLATE

DISPLAY
PANEL
COVER

DISPLAY PANEL
NUTS AND
LOCKWASHERS

BEZEL PLATE
SCREWS AND COVER SCREWS
LOCKWASHERS AND LOCKWASHERS

Figure 4-21. Keypad and Display Panel Replacement

4-63
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

4.21.13 Reinstall the bezel assembly retaining screws at the right side of the
display box.

4.21.14 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-64
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.22 SPIROMED Respiratory Volume Sensor

The respiratory volume sensor is installed between the top of the absorber
assembly and the expiratory valve. Figure 4-22 shows the volume sensor
mounting and gasket arrangement, and its interface cable connection on the
underside of the vent box.

4.22.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.22.2 Disconnect the sensor plug from the volume sensor receptacle on the
vent box.

4.22.3 Remove the expiratory valve by unscrewing the valve retaining nut.

4.22.4 Remove the volume sensor from the absorber assembly by unscrewing
its retaining nut.

4.22.5 CAUTION:Do not twist the body of the sensor when loosening the
retaining nut. Hold the sensor while loosening the retaining nut to
prevent damage to the unit.

4.22.6 Install the replacement volume sensor on the absorber assembly.


Ensure that the gasket is seated properly and hand tighten the
retaining nut.

4.22.7 Install the expiratory valve on the sensor. Ensure that the gasket is
seated properly and hand tighten the valve retaining nut.

4.22.8 Connect the sensor plug to the volume sensor receptacle on the vent
box.

4.22.9 Restore power to the machine and perform the respiratory flow
monitor calibration procedure given in Section 5.

4.22.10 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-65
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

REAR PANELOF
VENTILATOR BOX EXPIRATORY VALVE

2 GASKET VALVE RETAINING


VOLUME OXYGEN BREATHING AUTO/BAG
SENSOR SENSOR PRESSURE SELECTOR
NUT

SPIROMED SENSOR

SENSOR
PLUG

VALVE RETAINING NUT

GASKET EXPIRATORY
VALVE MOUNT

ABSORBER
ASSEMBLY SV00151

Figure 4-22. Respiratory Volume Sensor

4-66
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued)

4.23 Oxygen Sensor

The oxygen sensor is located on top of the inspiratory valve. Figure 4-23 shows
the arrangement of the sensor capsule and its housing, and also its interface
cable connection on the underside of the vent box.

4.23.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

4.23.2 Pull the oxygen sensor housing from the inspiratory valve dome. (It is a
press fit.)

4.23.3 Unscrew the cover from the sensor housing and remove the sensor
capsule.

4.23.4 Remove the replacement sensor capsule from its shipping container
and install it in the housing. Ensure that the copper rings on the
capsule mate with the electrical contacts in the sensor housing.

4.23.5 Wait 15 minutes to allow the sensor capsule to stabilize.

4.23.6 Restore power to the machine and perform the 21% calibration
procedure for the oxygen monitor given in Section 5.

4.23.7 Press the sensor assembly into the inspiratory valve dome.

4.23.8 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

4-67
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

REAR PANELOF
VENTILATOR BOX
SENSOR HOUSING

SENSOR CAPSULE

2
VOLUME OXYGEN BREATHING AUTO/BAG
SENSOR SENSOR PRESSURE SELECTOR SENSOR HOUSING
COVER

INSPIRATORY
SENSOR VALVE DOME
CORD
CONNECTOR INSPIRATORY
VALVE DOME
PLUG

SV00150A

Figure 4-23. Oxygen Sensor Replacement

4-68
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES

5.0 ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES

Equipment Required:

--Test Gauge for setting cylinder pressure regulators,

--Test Gauge for setting cylinder pressure regulators,

NAD Part No. S000063A

--Oxygen Monitor for adjusting Oxygen Ratio Controller

--Test fixture with breathing pressure line connector, TEE connector, gauge, and
inflation device, for breathing pressure monitor calibration

--Exclusion system adjustment gauge (0.066 in.), NAD Part No. 4114238

Rev. A 5-1
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

5.1 Cylinder Pressure Regulator Adjustment (except CO2)

5.1.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

5.1.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

5.1.3 Set the oxygen flow to 4 liters per min.

5.1.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

5.1.5 Close all of the flow control valves and press the O2 Flush valve to
drain oxygen pressure from the system.

5.1.6 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

5.1.7 Loosen the screws holding the table top to the machine and lift out the
table top.

5.1.8 Pull the writing tray out to its fully extended position.

NOTE: Minimum cylinder pressure for this adjustment shall be:


N2O & CO2: 600 psi; O2, Air, He, He/O2, N2: 1000 psi.

5.1.9 Locate the TEE fitting in the ¼ in. diameter regulator output line, and
remove the plug from the TEE fitting.

5.1.10 Connect a test gauge to the TEE fitting.

5.1.11 Open the cylinder valve and set the System Power switch to ON.

5.1.12 Set the gas flow to 4 liters per min.

5.1.13 Remove the acorn nut on the bottom of the regulator to expose the
adjusting screw. Turn the screw until the test gauge indicates 46 psi.
[On Canada machines, set the pressure to 50 psi for O2, N2O and Air.]

5.1.14 Replace the acorn nut on the bottom of the regulator.

5.1.15 Close the cylinder valve and allow pressure to drain from the system.

5.1.16 Close all of the flow control valves and set the System Power switch to
STANDBY.

5.1.17 Disconnect the test gauge from the TEE fitting and replace the plug in
the fitting.

5.1.18 Replace the table top and tighten its retaining screws.

5.1.19 Connect the pipeline hoses.

5.1.20 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

5-2 Rev. N
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued)

TOP VIEW WITH


TABLE TOP REMOVED

O2 CYLINDER N2O CYLINDER


PRESSURE PRESSURE
REGULATOR REGULATOR

SET SCREWS

AIR OR OPTIONAL
THIRD GAS CYLINDER
PRESSURE REGULATOR

TEST GAUGE
CONNECTION
(TYPICAL

SIDE VIEW

ADJUSTMENT
SCREW

SV20342

ACORN NUT

Figure 5-1.

5-3
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

5.1A CO2 Cylinder Pressure Regulator Adjustment

5.1.1.A Perform Steps 5.1.1 thru 5.1.7.

5.1.2.A Open the CO2 cylinder valve and set the System Power switch to ON.

5.1.3.A Fully open the CO2 flow control valve.

5.1.4.A Remove the acorn nut on the bottom of the CO2 regulator to expose the
adjusting screw. Turn the screw until the CO2 flowmeter indicates 550
ml/min.

5.1.5.A Replace the acorn nut on the bottom of the regulator.

5.1.6.A Close the cylinder valve and allow pressure to drain from the system.

5.1.7.A Close the flow control valve and set the System Power switch to
STANDBY.

5.1.8.A Replace the table top and tighten its retaining screws.

5.1.10.A Connect the pipeline hoses.

5.1.11.A Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

5-4
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued)

5.2 Oxygen Supply Pressure Alarm Switch Adjustment

5.2.1 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and set the System Power switch to ON.

5.2.2 Close all cylinder valves except the O2 valve.

5.2.3 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

5.2.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

5.2.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve, and close the flow control valves. Press the
O2 Flush valve to drain oxygen pressure from the system.

5.2.6 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

5.2.7 Remove the rear cover from the flowmeter housing. Remove the table
top and pull the writing tray out to its fully extended position.

5.2.8 Locate the TEE fitting in the ¼ in. diameter regulator output line, and
remove the plug from the TEE fitting.

5.2.9 Connect a dedicated O2 test gauge to the TEE fitting.

5.2.10 Open the O2 cylinder valve and turn the System Power switch to ON.

5.2.11 Set the oxygen flow to 5 liters per min.

5.2.12 Close the oxygen cylinder valve.

5.2.13 As the pressure drops, the O2 SUPPLY alarm should activate when the
pressure is between 40 and 34 psi as shown on the test gauge.

5.2.14 If the alarm activates when the pressure is below 34 psi or above 40
psi, turn the adjustment wheel (see illustration), repeat the test and
adjust as necessary to bring the set point into the correct range.

5.2.15 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

5.2.16 Disconnect the test gauge and replace the plug in the regulator line
TEE fitting.

5-5
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

J1
J2
REAR VIEW OF
ALARM CHANNEL
FLOWMETER HOUSING
REAR COVER REMOVED
J3

J4

ADJUSTMENT WHEEL

OXYGEN SUPPLY
PRESSURE
ALARM SWITCH

SV50552

Figure 5-2. Oxygen Supply Pressure Alarm Switch

5-6
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued)

5.2.17 Replace the table top and tighten its retaining screws.

5.2.18 Replace the rear cover and its retaining screws.

5.2.19 Connect the pipeline hoses.

5.2.20 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

5-7
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

5.3 Oxygen Ratio Controller (ORC) Adjustment

5.3.1 Remove the rear cover of the flowmeter housing.

5.3.2 Connect a calibrated oxygen monitor to the fresh gas outlet.

5.3.3 Disconnect the pipeline hoses.

5.3.4 Pinch the N2O bypass line on the ORC. See Figure 5-3.

5.3.5 Open the oxygen and nitrous oxide cylinder valves.

5.3.6 Set the System Power switch to ON.

5.3.7 Close the O2 and N2O flow control valves.

5.3.8 Set the O2 flow control valve to 10 l/min.

5.3.9 Set the N2O flow control valve to 10 l/min.

5.3.10 Set the O2 flow control valve to 800 ml/min for one (1) minute. Verify
that the O2 concentration indicates 21% to 29% O2.

5.3.11 Decrease the oxygen flow rate.

5.3.12 If the nitrous oxide flow does not stop when the oxygen flow rate is
between 325 and 350 ml per minute, loosen the adjusting screw
locknut and turn the adjusting screw (counter-clockwise to decrease
N2O flow, clockwise to increase N2O flow). Tighten the locknut.

5.3.13 Repeat steps 5.3.7 thru 5.3.12 until no further adjustment is needed.

5.3.14 Adjust the oxygen flow to a point where the nitrous oxide flowmeter
indicates 10 liters per minute.

5.3.15 The oxygen concentration should be between 21% and 29% oxygen.

5.3.16 Slowly decrease the oxygen flow to 800 ml/min. The nitrous oxide flow
should decrease proportionally, and the oxygen concentration should
remain between 21% and 29% oxygen.

5.3.17 Reduce the O2 flow to 500 ml/min. Verify that the N2O flow is greater
than or equal to 600 ml/min.

5-8
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued)

5.3.18 The nitrous oxide flow should stop when the flow of oxygen is between
250 and 400 ml per minute.

5.3.19 Un-pinch the N2O bypass line on the ORC.

5.3.20 Close the O2 flow control valve, and fully open the N2O flow control
valve. Verify that the O2 concentration is 22 - 31%.

5.3.21 Close the N2O flow control valve and turn the System Power switch to
STANDBY.

5.3.22 Reconnect the pipeline hoses.

5.3.23 Replace the flowmeter housing rear cover.

5.3.24 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

ADJUSTING
SCREW

LOCKNUT

LOW FLOW
ORC ASSEMBLY

N2O BYPASS
LINE

SV49042

Figure 5-3. Oxygen Ratio Controller Adjustment

5-9
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

5.4 Oxygen Sensor Calibration

5.4.1 Turn the System Power switch to ON.

5.4.2 Enter the Main Service Screen and select the Service Mode (ref.
Section 2).

5.4.3 Enter the Oxygen Monitor Service Screen.

5.4.4 Zero Calibration

5.4.4.1 Remove the oxygen sensor capsule from its housing and allow
several minutes for the displayed offset readings to stabilize.

NOTE: The difference between the displayed CELL A and CELL B


readings should be no greater than 8.

5.4.4.2 Press the key next to ZERO to store the current values as the
new zero calibration.

5.4.4.3 Reinstall the sensor capsule in its housing.

5.4.5 21% Calibration

5.4.5.1 Expose the sensor to ambient air only (away from any open
part of the breathing system) and allow it to stabilize for
several minutes.

5.4.5.2 Press the key next to EXIT to return to the Main Service
Screen. Press the key next to EXIT again to return the display
to normal operation.

5.4.5.3 Press the CAL key to initiate the 21% O2 calibration.

During calibration, the LED next to the CAL key lights, and
the label CAL appears in the oxygen monitor window.
Following successful calibration, the currently sensed oxygen
concentration appears in the oxygen monitor window.

5.4.5.4 When calibration is complete, reinstall the sensor assembly in


the inspiratory valve dome.

NOTE: If the O2 sensor will not calibrate properly, refer to the Oxygen
Monitoring section of the Narkomed GS OPERATOR'S
INSTRUCTION MANUAL for further information.

5-10
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued)

REAR PANELOF
VENTILATOR BOX
SENSOR HOUSING

SENSOR CAPSULE

2
VOLUME OXYGEN BREATHING AUTO/BAG
SENSOR SENSOR PRESSURE SELECTOR SENSOR HOUSING
COVER

INSPIRATORY
SENSOR VALVE DOME
CORD
CONNECTOR INSPIRATORY
VALVE DOME
PLUG

SV00150A

OXYGEN MONITOR SERVICE SCREEN


CURRENT CELL A: 238 ZERO
CURRENT CELL B: 250

ZERO CALIBRATION PROCEDURE:


- REMOVE O2 CELL FROM HOUSING
- LET CURRENT CELL VALUES STABILIZE
- PRESS “ZERO” KEY TO ENTER
CALIBRATION VALUES
- REINSTALL O2 CELL IN SENSOR HOUSING
PRES
MON

STORED ZERO CELL A: 250


STORED ZERO CELL B: 250 EXIT

Figure 5-4. Oxygen Monitor Service Screen

5-11
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

5.5 Breathing Pressure Monitor Calibration

5.5.1 Turn the System Power switch to ON.

5.5.2 Enter the Main Service Screen and select the Service Mode (ref.
Section 2).

5.5.3 Proceed to the Pressure Monitor Service Screen.

5.5.4 Zero Calibration

5.5.4.1 Disconnect the pressure sample line from the absorber and let
the current pressure value stabilize.

5.5.4.2 Press the key next to ZERO to store the current value as the
new zero.

5.5.5 Span Calibration

5.5.5.1 With a test fixture connected as shown in Figure 5-6, apply a


pressure of 50 cm H2O to the pressure sample line.

5.5.5.2 When the displayed current value is stabilized, press the key
next to SPAN to store the current value as the new span
calibration.

5.5.6 Disconnect the test fixture.

5.5.7 Press the key next to EXIT to return to the Main Service Screen.

5-12
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued)

REAR PANEL OF ABSORBER


VENTILATOR BOX ASSEMBLY
TOP VIEW

2
VOLUME OXYGEN BREATHING AUTO/BAG
SENSOR SENSOR PRESSURE SELECTOR

SAMPLE LINE
CONNECTION

SV00152

TEST FIXTURE

PRESSURE MONITOR SERVICE SCREEN


CURRENT PRESSURE VALUE: 250 ZERO

ZERO CALIBRATION PROCEDURE:


- REMOVE PRESSURE SAMPLE LINE FROM
ABSORBER, EXPOSE TO AIR. SPAN
- LET CURRENT PRESSURE VALUE STABILIZE
- SELECT “ZERO” KEY TO
ENTER CALIBRATION VALUES.
OXY
SPAN CALIBRATION PROCEDURE:
- REMOVE PRESSURE SAMPLE LINE FROM MON
ABSORBER, APPLY 50 CMH2O CONSTANT
PRESSURE AT THE SAMPLE LINE, VERIFIED
BY A KNOWN, CALIBRATED METER.
- LET PRESSURE VALUE STABILIZE EXIT
- SELECT THE “SPAN” KEY TO
ENTER THE CURRENT VALUE.

Figure 5-5. Pressure Monitor Service Screen

5-13
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

5.6 Vaporizer Interlock Adjustment

The following procedure describes the interlock adjustment on a 3-vaporizer


machine. The same principles apply on a 2-vaporizer machine.

5.6.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

5.6.2 Remove the cover from the vaporizer interlock mechanism.

5.6.3 Turn the center vaporizer handwheel to an ON position.

5.6.4 Turn the center plunger adjustment screw until the distance between
the plunger block and the small pins on the horizontal shafts is
approximately 0.066 in. See Figure 5-6.

5.6.5 Set the left vaporizer handwheel to the center of its OFF position.

5.6.6 Turn the left vaporizer plunger adjustment screw until the bevel on the
plunger block just touches the bevel on the horizontal shaft*. Once the
bevels are touching, turn the adjustment screw counter-clockwise 1¼
turns.

5.6.7 Repeat Step 5.6.5 for the right vaporizer.

5.6.8 Repeat Step 5.6.6 for the right vaporizer.

5.6.9 Turn the center vaporizer handwheel to OFF.

5.6.10 Turn the left vaporizer handwheel to an ON position.

5.6.11 Repeat Step 5.6.5 for the center vaporizer.

5.6.12 Repeat Step 5.6.6 for the center vaporizer.

5.6.13 Turn the left vaporizer handwheel to OFF.

5.6.14 Set all the vaporizers to the extreme of their OFF position. Verify that
each vaporizer can be turned on.

5.6.15 Verify that no more than one vaporizer can be turned on at a time.

5.6.16 Reinstall the cover over the vaporizer interlock mechanism.

5.6.17 Perform the PMS Procedure given in Section 6.

* Verify that the handwheel is still in the center of its OFF position.

5-14 Rev. B
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued)

REAR VIEW (TYPICAL) PLUNGER SCREW


VAPORIZER INTERLOCK SV00120A

ADJUSTMENT

SIDE
VIEW
DETAIL

0.066 IN.
PLUNGER BLOCK SHAFT PIN

Figure 5-6. Vaporizer Interlock Mechanism

Rev. B 5-15
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued) NMGS

5.7 Vaporizer Select Switch Adjustment

5.7.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

5.7.2 Remove the cover from the vaporizer interlock mechanism.

NOTE: The vaporizer handwheel must be in the zero or OFF position.

5.7.3 Turn the nylon actuator adjustment screw (see Figure 5-7) counter-
clockwise several turns, or until it is no longer pushing the microswitch
actuator.

5.7.4 Slowly turn the nylon screw clockwise until the microswitch is
activated - as evidenced by an audible click; continue turning the nylon
screw clockwise an additional two turns.

5-16
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS ADJUSTMENT AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES (continued)

ACTUATOR SWITCH ACTUATOR


ADJUSTMENT
SCREW MICROSWITCH

REAR VIEW (TYPICAL)


SV00117 VAPORIZER INTERLOCK

Figure 5-7. Vaporizer Select Switch Adjustment

5-17
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE

6.0 PMS PROCEDURE, NARKOMED GS


The procedures in this section shall be performed in their entirety each time a
component is removed, replaced, calibrated, adjusted and during all scheduled
Periodic Manufacturer's Service (PMS) visits. A PMS Checklist form,
availablefrom the Draeger Medical, Inc. Technical Service Department, shall be
completed by the TSR each time a PMS is performed. Steps in the procedure
marked with (ü) require a response at the corresponding line on the checklist
form.

Space is also provided on the PMS checklist form to record the results of a vapor
concentration test. Contact the Draeger Medical, Inc. Technical Service
Department for vapor concentration verification procedures.

NOTE: Verify the dates on test equipment calibration labels. DO NOT USE any
test equipment having an expired calibration date. Notify your supervisor
immediately if any equipment is found to be out of calibration.

In the space provided at the bottom of the PMS checklist form, record the Model
and ID number of all calibrated test equipment used. Also record the calibration
due dates. Examples are: multimeter, digital pressure meter, Riken gas analyzer,
safety analyzer, volumeter, trace gas analyzer, simulators.

Test Equipment Required:


-- Multi-Meter (Fluke or equivalent)
-- Electrical Safety Analyzer (Biotek 501 Pro or equivalent)
-- Regulator Test Pressure Gauge (dedicated for O2), P/N S000063 or equivalent
-- Regulator Test Press. Gauge (for N2O and other gases), P/N S000063 or equiv.
-- Fresh Gas Outlet Volume Test Device, P/N S010158 or equivalent
-- Fresh Gas Leak Test Device, P/N 4113119 or equivalent
-- Adapter Assembly, Test Terminal, P/N 4104389 or equivalent: two are required
-- Flowmeter Test Stand (Capnomed), P/N S000081 or equivalent
-- Breathing System Leak Test Device, P/N S010159 or equivalent
-- Baromed Pressure Test Fixture or equivalent
-- Test Minute Volume Meter, P/N 2212300 or equivalent
-- Digital Pressure Manometer (SenSym PDM 200CD or Equivalent)
-- Riken Gas Indicator, Model 18H, or 1802D or equivalent
-- Stop Watch
-- Service Test Lung, P/N 4115128
Materials Required:
-- Spiromed Sensor Lubrication Kit, P/N 2218180
-- Breathing Bag, 3 liter, P/N 9995330 or equivalent
-- Tube, Corrugated, 22 mm x 12 in. long, P/N 9995112

Test equipment illustrations are shown on following pages.

Rev. J 6-1
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

4113119
FRESH GAS LEAK TEST DEVICE

CONNECT TO
TEST PRESSURE GAUGE

SVOOO22

6-1A Rev. M
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

4115128
SIEMENS TEST LUNG

SVOOO25

Rev. M 6-1B
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

TEST TERMINAL

S010159
BREATHING SYSTEM LEAK TEST DEVICE
TEST TERMINAL

SVOOO23

S010158
FRESH GAS OUTLET VOLUME TEST DEVICE

6-1C Rev. M
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

SVOOO27

0 100

S000081 S000063
FLOW METER REGULATOR TEST
TEST STAND PRESSURE GAUGE

Rev. M 6-1D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

15
Liter
900 100

10 5
800 200
vol/min 2212300
ml MINUTE
VOLUMETER
700 300
D

600 400
500

SVOOO24
TEST TERMINAL

4104389
TEST TERMINAL
ADAPTER

6-1E Rev. M
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

Periodic Manufacturer's Certification General Instructions

The purpose of this manual is to provide detailed instructions for performing a Periodic
Manufacturer's Certification (PMC) inspection on all models of Narkomed anesthesia machines.

A PMC consists of a complete Periodic Manufacturer's Service procedure and a new certification
level inspection based on Draeger Medical, Inc. Recommendations and equipment performance.
Additional inspections are also performed to insure proper product labeling.

Several additional documents have been created to ensure the success of this new program.
Following is a brief description of the purpose of each document.

Field Service Procedure:


Periodic Manufacturer's Certification Forms - Part Number SP00175.
This procedure illustrates sample checklists with typical periodic maintenance items filled in,
including vapor concentrations verification tests, parts replaced, general comments and
certification levels. Also included are sample PMC labels marked to show several levels of
certifications. An excerpt from NAD's Anesthesia System Risk Analysis and Risk Reduction is
included, and also a sample of an Executive Summary to be furnished to the hospital's Risk
Manager or Chief of Anesthesia.

Field Service Procedure:


NAD Recommendations Guidelines Index Anesthesia Systems - Part Number S010250.
This Guideline was created to provide an assessment of each machine's certification. It contains
various comprehensive overviews of possible equipment conditions and their associated
certification levels.

The first list in the Recommendation Guidelines is a reference chart for machine certification
based on equipment status. The second is an abbreviated summary of all NAD Recommendations
and Failure Codes including the Condition Number, Equipment Condition, Recommended
Corrections, Certification Code, and Tests Affected when applicable.

There is also a matrix classified as "Failure Codes" which identifies the correct manner in which
to document equipment tests that fail, or were unable to be performed due to circumstances
beyond the control of the service technician performing the inspection. (Ex: Air cylinder supply is
unavailable to perform Air High Pressure Leak test.) The Failure Codes section also indicates
suggested resolution of the situation. Failure Code numbers begin at 34 and use the same
certification levels strategy, and carry the same weight as NAD Recommendation equipment
condition codes.

The next section of the guideline lists all NAD Recommendations identified at a machine's major
assembly level. This section is divided into subsections titled: "Anesthesia System", "Vaporizers",
"Absorber System", "Ventilator" and "Scavenger System". The final matrix is the most
comprehensive index sorted by machine model and includes Equipment Condition, Certification
Code, and NAD Recommendations. It also specifies any suggested upgrade path including
ordering information that should be taken such as installing a Bellows with Pressure Limit
Control 4109664-S01 Kit, after market modification kit to a machine not equipped with pressure
limit control.

Rev. M 6-1F
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

The letters A, B, C, D and the Roman Numerals I, II are used as codes in the individual matrix for
each model of anesthesia machine. The letters A, B, C, and D are used in descending order to
indicate the certification level of the equipment. They are as follows:

A = Certified
B = Certified with Recommendations
C = Conditionally Certified
D = No Certification

Roman Numerals I and II do not affect the certification level but rather are provided to give
further instructions to the end user as follows:

I = The system in its present configuration shall only be used with a CO2 monitor
incorporating an apnea warning. The operator of the system is advised to frequently scan
the CO2 readings and alarm thresholds.

II = The present configuration of equipment requires that the unit operate at all times with an
oxygen analyzer that includes a low oxygen warning. The operator of the system is
advised to frequently scan the oxygen readings and alarm limits.

Following is an explanation of machine certification levels:

Certified- No recommendations apply to machine being inspected. (Only item number 33 - "No
Recommendations" shall apply for this certification level.)

Certified with Recommendations- A numbered recommendation with a code of B applies to


the machine being examined.

Conditionally Certified- A numbered recommendation with a code of BCI or BCII applies to the
machine being examined.

No Certification- A numbered recommendation with a code of D applies to the machine being


examined.

When multiple recommendations apply, "No Certification" would take precedence over
"Conditionally Certified" and "Certified with Recommendations". "Conditionally Certified" would
take precedence over "Certified with Recommendations".

For example:
A narkomed Compact could have recommendation numbers 8, 10, 11, and 18 apply.
# 8- Oxygen analyzer is not interfaced with the anesthesia machine. Code is BCII.
# 10- Pressure monitor is not interfaced with anesthesia ventilator. Code is B.
# 11- Ventilator is equipped with descending bellows. Code is BCI.
# 48.1- O2 analyzer is nonfunctional. Code is D.
The correct certification for this machine is D, which means "NO CERTIFICATION".

A Narkomed Standard could have recommendation numbers 2, 10, and 48.2 apply.
# 2- No oxygen pressure depletion warning. Code is BCII.
# 10- Pressure monitor is not interfaced with anesthesia ventilator. Code is B.
# 48.2 O2 analyzer is non functional. Code is D.
The correct certification for this machine is D, which means "NO CERTIFICATION".

6-1G Rev. M
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

Another Narkomed Standard could have recommendation numbers 2, 10, and 11 apply.
# 2- No oxygen pressure depletion warning. Code is BCII.
# 10- Pressure monitor is not interfaced with anesthesia ventilator. Code is B.
# 11- Ventilator is equipped with descending bellows. Code is BCI.
The correct certification for this machine is BCI and BCII, which means "CERTIFIED WITH
RECOMMENDATIONS and CONDITIONALLY CERTIFIED with conditions I and II"
The reason for this is that BCI and BCII both mean that the machine is certified with
recommendations (B), conditionally certified (C), with condition (I) and condition (II) equally
applied.

A Narkomed 2A could have recommendation numbers 6 and 30 apply.


# 6- ORM instead of ORMc. Code is BCII.
# 30- Anesthesia machine is equipped with inhalation anesthesia vaporizers without an agent
monitor in the breathing system. Code is B.
The correct certification for this machine is BCII, which means "CERTIFIED with
RECOMMENDATIONS and CONDITIONALLY CERTIFIED with condition II"

A Narkomed 2B could have recommendation numbers 25 and 30 apply.


# 25- PEEP device on 22mm terminal of expiratory valve. Code is BCI.
# 30- Anesthesia machine is equipped with inhalation anesthesia vaporizers without an agent
monitor in the breathing system. Code is B.
The correct certification for this machine is BCI, which means "CERTIFIED with
RECOMMENDATIONS, and CONDITIONALLY CERTIFIED with condition (I) applied.

A Narkomed 4 could have recommendation number 28 apply.


# 28- Absorber PEEP valve does not have bypass valve. Code is B.
The correct certification for this machine is B, which means "CERTIFIED with
RECOMMENDATIONS"

A Narkomed 2C (incorporating a VA3200 in the anesthesia workstation) may not have any
recommendation numbers apply.
The correct certification for this machine is A, which means "CERTIFIED".

Code, D which means "NO CERTIFICATION", also means the machine shall not receive
a Periodic Manufacturer's Certification label. The machine shall receive a "WARNING -
This System Is Not Certified" label. This label shall be placed at a prominent location
on the right side of the machine after all other previous PM and "Vigilance Audit®
Validation" labels have been removed.

After a period of one year if any of the following Equipment Conditions still apply, the
machine will not be certified under the Periodic Manufacturer's Certification
program. The machine shall not receive a Periodic Manufacturer's Certification label.
The machine shall receive a "WARNING - This is a vintage machine . . ." label. This label
shall be placed at a prominent location on the right side of the machine after all other
previous PM and "Vigilance Audit® Validation" labels have been removed.

Rev. M 6-1H
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

PM Certification Procedure for Narkomed 2B/2C/GS Anesthesia System

1. Use the PM Certification form for Narkomed 2B, 2C, GS Anesthesia Systems.

2. Completely fill in the header information.

3. If a TEC 6 DESFLURANE vaporizer is mounted to the machine, a label stating:


"WARNING THE ADMINISTRATION OF DESFLURANE ANESTHESIA MAY
REQUIRE FRESH GAS CONCENTRATIONS HIGHER THAN COMMONLY USED
WITH OTHER VOLATILE ANESTHETIC AGENTS. O2 FRESH GAS
CONCENTRATION OF LESS THAN 21% MAY BE OBTAINED WITH HIGH
VAPORIZER SETTINGS. CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF THE O2
CONCENTRATION IN THE BREATHING SYSTEM IS THEREFORE REQUIRED.
DRAEGER MEDICAL, INC. RECOMMENDS THE CONTINUOUS MONITORING
OF THE CONCENTRATION OF ANESTHETIC VAPORS IN THE BREATHING
SYSTEM DURING THE ADMINISTRATION OF INHALATION
ANESTHESIA."(part # 4112737-001) Shall be attached to the vapor box immediately
above the TEC 6 vaporizer.

4. Check all vapor 19 and 19.1 vaporizers for correct labeling. All vaporizers must have
a label stating "THE CONCENTRATION OUTPUT OF THIS VAPORIZER SHALL
BE VERIFIED AFTER IT HAS BEEN ATTACHED TO THE ANESTHESIA
MACHINE" (part # S010015). This label shall be attached to the rear of the vaporizer
directly below the mount.

5. All Key Index Safety Systems vaporizers, (K.I.S.S.) must have a label stating
"CAUTION: AFTER FILLING HAS BEEN COMPLETED, REINSERT PLUG INTO
UPPER FILLER PORT AND TIGHTEN LOCKING SCREW" (part # 4112520-001).
This label shall be attached to the vaporizer directly above the keyed filler. Place a
check mark at "K.I.S.S. LABEL" on the PM Certification form.

6. Perform the vapor concentration test on all Dräger vapor vaporizers in accordance
with SP00073. For every vaporizer tested, fill out a "VAPOR VAPORIZER
CALIBRATION CHECK" label (part # S010016). Information on this label shall
include your signature, type of agent, date tested, test results @ 1%, 2.5%, 4%, and a
PASS or FAIL indication. This label shall be attached to the upper right side of the
vaporizer. If vaporizer fails the concentration test, check "NO" in the
"RECOMMENDED FOR USE" section on the PM Certification form.

Place a "CAUTION DO NOT USE" label (part # 4114327) on the vaporizer, and issue
a departmental alert. The TSR shall also seek permission from the equipment
operator to remove the failed vaporizer from the machine and install a replacement
vaporizer or an adapter block onto the mount. All nonfunctional Dräger vapor
vaporizers must be removed from service for machine to receive certification.

6-1J Rev. M
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

PM Certification Procedure for Narkomed 2B/2C/GS Anesthesia System

7. Proceed with PM Certification procedure in accordance with SP00152, SP00150 or


SP00169. If any tests fail refer to the "Failure Codes" listing to determine correct
certification level starting point. Failure codes shall be documented on the
"RECOMMENDATIONS / GENERAL COMMENTS" section of the PM Certification
form and on the Executive Summary. If a test fails that has not been identified by the
"Failure Codes" list, consult with Draeger Medical, Inc. to assess the proper
certification level.

8. Based on the "EQUIPMENT CONDITION" inspect the machine for any "NAD
RECOMMENDATIONS" that would apply. Use the Narkomed 2B, 2C or GS section
of the "RECOMMENDATION GUIDELINES INDEX". Note all applicable NAD
recommendations on the Executive Summary. NOTE: If using a carbon form, indicate
the Equipment Condition number and to see reverse side under the
"RECOMMENDATIONS / GENERAL COMMENTS" section of the form.

9. Determine the correct certification level of the machine based on the combined lowest
common denominator of "Equipment Conditions" and "Failure Codes". If the machine
is at least conditionally certified fill out the "PM CERTIFICATION" label. Check the
box(s) on the validation label where appropriate. Write the month and year, (three
months from date of PM Certification) next to "NEXT VISIT DUE:" If certification
level is "D", machine shall not receive a "PM CERTIFICATION" label. Any machine
not receiving a PM Certification label shall receive a "WARNING NOT CERTIFIED"
label. This label shall be placed at a prominent location on the left side of the
machine after all other previous PMS and Vigilance Audit Validation labels have
been removed.

10. In the "CERTIFICATION LEVEL" section of the PM Certification form, record the
last visit certification level, the current certification level and the next visit due
month and year, (three months from date of PM Certification) in the spaces provided.

11. If applicable, remove the previous PM CERTIFICATION VALIDATION label and


attach the new label in a prominent location on the rear of the anesthesia machine.

12. Check the appropriate boxes on the "PM CERTIFICATION NOTICE" label, (part #
S010011). If the machine is not certified, the last box of this notice label shall be
marked. Attach this notice to the flow shield of the anesthesia machine.

13. Have the customer sign each PM Certification form or the Executive Summary, and
review the equipment conditions and the recommendations with the customer.

14. Return top copy to Draeger Medical, Inc. Service Department, keep middle copy for
service organization records, give bottom copy to customer.

Rev. M 6-1K
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.1 ELECTRICAL SAFETY

(ü) 6.1.1 Protective Ground Continuity

6.1.1.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

NOTE: Do not plug the safety analyzer power cord into a line isolation
monitor, as inaccurate readings may occur.

Plug the unit into the safety analyzer, and plug the power cord of
the safety analyzer into an AC receptacle.

NOTE: The BIOTECH 501 PRO will automatically test the source outlet
for open ground (or ground resistance of 31 Ω or higher), reverse
polarity, open neutral and open line. (The latter two conditions
will prevent the analyzer from powering up.)

6.1.1.2 Set the safety analyzer function switch to the GROUND WIRE
RESISTANCE position. Attach the test lead to the SINGLE
LEAD connector of the analyzer. Connect the other end of the red
test lead to the ground socket of the front panel outlet on the
safety analyzer. Verify a displayed resistance of 0.000 Ω or, if
necessary, press the CALIBRATE key on the front panel of the
analyzer to zero the device.

6.1.1.3 Set the safety analyzer GROUND switch to NORMAL. Set the
POLARITY switch to OFF.

6.1.1.4 The safety analyzer shall indicate 0.1 Ω or less with its test lead
applied to the following points:

--Cylinder yoke
--Serial port cable retaining nut on processor
--Each convenience outlet ground socket
--Each Auxiliary Outlet Strip ground socket

(ü) 6.1.2 Circuit Isolation

6.1.2.1 Disconnect the respiratory volume sensor cord from the interface
panel.

6.1.2.2 With a multimeter set to its highest resistance KEY

range, check for continuity between the serial TEST


PIN
port cable retaining nut on processor and the
circuit common at the sensor interface connector
test pin shown in the illustration. There shall be
no continuity between these points.

6-2 Rev. G
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

(ü) 6.1.3 Convenience Outlet and Auxiliary Outlet Strip

NOTE: This test will check the convenience outlets and the auxiliary
strip outlets for fault conditions such as open ground (>31 Ω),
reverse polarity, open line and open neutral. This is done each
time the BIOTECH 501 PRO is powered up and allowed to cycle
through its self test.

6.1.3.1 Shut off and unplug the safety analyzer. Remove the anesthesia
machine plug from the analyzer, and plug it into the same outlet
that was being used by the analyzer.

6.1.3.2 Plug the safety analyzer into the first convenience outlet to be
tested, and turn the analyzer power switch ON. Allow the
analyzer to cycle through its Auto Test sequence. If no wiring
fault is indicated, shut off the analyzer and move its plug to the
next convenience outlet. Test this outlet in the same manner, and
continue until all convenience outlets and auxiliary strip outlets
are tested.

6.1.4 Chassis Leakage Current

6.1.4.1 Turn the anesthesia machine System Power switch to ON and set
the safety analyzer to the CHASSIS LEAKAGE CURRENT
position.

6.1.4.2 Attach the safety analyzer test lead to a cylinder yoke.

(ü) 6.1.4.3 Record the total leakage current with the Polarity and Ground
switches set as follows:

Ground Polarity
Open Normal
Normal Normal
Open Reversed
Normal Reversed

Verify that the leakage current is 75* microamps or less in each of


the switch positions (110 microamps or less for the 220/240 volt
power supply option).

*100 microamps if external monitors are plugged into


convenience outlets.

Rev. D 6-3
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

(ü) 6.2 SELF-DIAGNOSTICS

6.2.1 Connect the pipeline supply or open the cylinders.

6.2.2 Turn the System Power switch to ON.

6.2.3 Verify that the following is displayed on the alarm CRT:

FIRMWARE PASS NARKOMED GS


RAM PASS COPYRIGHT 1996, NAD, INC.
VIDEO PASS VERSION X.XX NMGS POD
A/D CONVERTER PASS SOFTWARE ID. XXXX
AUDIO - PRIMARY PASS
- BACKUP PASS
SERIAL I/O PASS
CLOCK PASS
NON-VOLATILE MEMORY PASS

FUNCTIONAL

(ü) 6.2.4 Record the machine software version on the header of the checklist
form.

6-4 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

(ü) 6.3 BATTERY CIRCUIT

6.3.1 Is "ON" LED lighted? __ (Y)

6.3.2 With the System Power switch ON, unplug the AC power cord.

6.3.3 Is yellow "AC PWR FAIL" LED lighted as long as the power cord is
unplugged? __ (Y)

6.3.4 Does the "AC PWR FAIL" message appear in the Advisory display? __
(Y)

6.3.5 Press and hold the "BATTERY TEST" button.

6.3.6 Is green Battery Test LED lighted as long as "BATTERY TEST" button
is depressed? __ (Y)

6.3.7 Release the "BATTERY TEST" button.

6.3.8 Restore AC power to the machine.

6.3.9 Does the "AC PWR FAIL" message disappear and the LED extinguish?

(ü) 6.4 CONFIGURATION

6.4.1 Press the CONFIG key.

6.4.2 The CONFIGURE screen is displayed.

6.4.3 Verify the correct Time and Date.

6.4.4 Adjust the Volume to the highest setting.

Rev. D 6-5
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.5 SERVICE DATA

6.5.1 Press and hold the Oxygen High Limit key and the Volume Low Limit key,
and then press the # key.

6.5.2 The Main Service Screen appears.

(ü) 6.5.3 Record the Last Service Date on the PMS form.

(ü) 6.5.4 Record the Hours Run Since Last Service on the PMS form.

(ü) 6.5.5 Record the Total Hours Run on the PMS form.

6.5.6 Select and enter the Service Log.

6.5.7 Verify any pertinent information from the Service Log. Contact the
Draeger Medical, Inc. Technical Service Department if necessary.

6.5.8 Press EXIT to return to the Main Service screen.

6.5.9 Select the SRVC Service Code.

6.5.10 Select and enter your Technical Service Rep. I.D. number.

(ü) 6.5.11 Press the RESET key. This resets the last service date to the current
date and resets the hours run since last service to zero.

6.5.12 Press the PMS SCHED key.

(ü) 6.5.13 Select and enter the month of the next service due date. The internal
clock of the machine limits the amount of date advance to a maximum
of six months from the current service date.

6-6 Rev. J
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.6 CALIBRATIONS

6.6.1 To bring up the Oxygen Monitor Service Screen, press the Mon Cal key.

6.6.2 Remove the oxygen sensor from the valve dome adapter, and remove
the oxygen sensor capsule from the oxygen sensor housing.

(ü) 6.6.3 When the CURRENT CELL A and CURRENT CELL B readings have
stabilized, press the ZERO key and verify that the new offset values
are stored.

NOTE:The higher the offset, the higher the calculated oxygen concentration
appears at high concentrations.

6.6.4 Put the oxygen sensor capsule into the oxygen sensor housing.

6.6.5 Press the PRESS MON key.

6.6.6 Disconnect the Baromed breathing pressure sensor line from the
absorber and expose it to air.

6.6.7 Let the Current Pressure Value stabilize and press the ZERO key to
store the value.

6.6.8 Connect a test fixture and a calibrated digital pressure manometer to


the breathing pressure sensor line.

6.6.9 Pressurize the circuit to 50 cm H2O and allow the Current Value to
stabilize.

(ü) 6.6.10 Press the SPAN key and verify that the new span values are stored.

6.6.11 Release the pressure, disconnect the manometer and test fixture, and
reconnect the breathing pressure sensor line to the absorber.

6.6.12 Press EXIT to return to the Main Service screen.

6.6.13 Press EXIT to return to normal operation.

Rev. D 6-7
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

(ü) 6.7 A SCAVENGER, A/C - if applicable

6.7A.1 Scavenger, A/C Cleaning

6.7A.1.1 Remove all scavenger hoses one at a time, and drain all
accumulated moisture. Inspect all scavenger hoses for
deterioration and replace any worn hoses.

6.7A.1.2 Remove the safety relief valve housing by unscrewing it in a


counter-clockwise direction.

6.7A.1.3 Inspect the rubber O-ring and replace if worn.

6.7A.1.4 Remove the safety relief valve from its housing by twisting it
out in a counter-clockwise direction. The tips of needle-nose
pliers can be used to turn the valve. Be careful not to damage
the valve disk.

6.7A.1.5 Remove any accumulated lint or dust from the valve with a soft
brush. The valve may be further cleaned with a low flow of clean
air or oxygen. The scavenger body can be cleaned with a moist
cloth.

6.7A.1.6 Reinstall the valve into the housing, making sure that it is
threaded all the way into the housing and that the plastic
washer is properly seated on its upper surface.

6.7A.1.7 Make sure that the interior of the valve body is completely dry.
Reinstall the valve housing onto the scavenger body, making
sure that the O-ring is properly seated.

6.7A.2 Scavenger, A/C Positive Pressure Relief Test

6.7A.2.1 Connect a 19 mm scavenger hose between the bottom of the


absorber pole and the right-hand port on the scavenger (with
later design absorber pole, this hose connects directly from the
scavenger to the APL valve). Connect a short 19 mm scavenger
hose between the APL valve and the port on the rear of the
absorber pole (not used with later design absorber pole).
Connect a 19 mm scavenger hose between the ventilator relief
valve and the left-hand port on the scavenger.

6.7A.2.2 Connect a short 22 mm breathing hose from the inspiratory


valve to the expiratory valve on the absorber or the expiratory
hose terminal on the ultrasonic flow sensor, if applicable.

6.7A.2.3 Set the Man/Auto valve to the AUTO position.

6-8 Rev. H
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.7A.2.4 If the absorber system or ventilator bellows are equipped with a


PEEP valve, turn the PEEP valve control knob fully counter-
clockwise.

6.7A.2.5 Set the oxygen flow to 10 l/min. and occlude the 19 mm


scavenger terminal labeled EXHAUST.

6.7A.2.6 After the ventilator bellows inflates, the flow of oxygen will exit
the system through the positive pressure safety relief valve. At
this point, the absorber system breathing pressure gauge shall
indicate a pressure of 10.0 cm H2O or less.

(ü) 6.7B SCAVENGER, OPEN RESERVOIR - if applicable

6.7B.1 Scavenger, Open Reservoir Cleaning

6.7B.1.1 Remove all scavenger hoses one at a time and drain all
accumulated moisture. Inspect all scavenger hoses for
deterioration and replace any worn hoses.

6.7B.1.2 Disconnect the hospital vacuum source from the scavenger.

6.7B.1.3 If applicable, remove the scavenger flow control needle valve


assembly. Inspect the needle valve and seat for lint or dust
accumulation. Clean with compressed air if necessary, and
reinstall the needle valve assembly.

6.7B.1.4 Remove the scavenger mounting screws.

6.7B.1.5 Remove the two screws securing the access panel at the bottom
of the scavenger canister.

6.7B.1.6 Remove and inspect the silencer; replace if needed.

6.7B.1.7 Remove the reservoir canister from the scavenger body by


unscrewing the four socket head cap screws located at the top of
the canister.

6.7B.1.8 Remove the flowmeter from its housing by turning it counter-


clockwise. Inspect the tube and clean with compressed air if
needed.

6.7B.1.9 Reassemble the scavenger assembly, and reactivate the vacuum


source.

Rev. D 6-9
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.7B.2 Scavenger, Open Reservoir Negative Pressure Relief

6.7B.2.1 Connect a 19 mm scavenger hose between the bottom of the


absorber pole and the right-hand port on the scavenger (with
later design absorber pole, this hose connects directly from the
scavenger to the APL valve). Connect a 19 mm scavenger hose
between the APL valve and the rear port on the absorber pole
(not used on later design absorber pole). The left-hand
scavenger port may be capped for this test, or may be connected
to the ventilator relief valve. Connect a DISS vacuum hose to
the threaded terminal on the left side of the scavenger.
Alternatively, an adapter can be used to attach a wall suction
hose to the hose barb fitting on the adapter.

6.7B.2.2 Connect a short 22 mm breathing hose from the inspiratory


valve to the expiratory valve on the absorber or the expiratory
hose terminal on the ultrasonic flow sensor, if applicable. Set
the Man/Auto selector valve to the BAG position. Turn the APL
valve control knob fully counter-clockwise.

6.7B.2.3 Verify that the suction waste gas disposal system is active.

6.7B.2.4 Adjust the scavenger needle valve until the flowmeter indicates
between the white lines. Close all flow control valves on the
anesthesia machine. Occlude the absorber breathing bag
terminal.

6.7B.2.5 Install a scavenger adapter with a hose barb (P/N 4108114)


between the 19 mm hose terminal of the scavenger, and the
scavenger hose. Connect a calibrated test pressure monitor to
the hose barb on the adapter and observe the pressure reading
on the test gauge. The gauge shall indicate a pressure of 0 to -
0.5 cm H2O.

6.7B.3 Scavenger, Open Reservoir Positive Pressure Relief

6.7B.3.1 Turn the scavenger needle valve fully clockwise (closed).

6.7B.3.2 Open the oxygen flow control valve on the anesthesia machine
to a flow of 10 l/min. and occlude the absorber breathing bag
terminal.

6.7B.3.3 The flow of oxygen shall now exit the system through the relief
ports around the top of the canister. The test pressure gauge
shall indicate a pressure less than 1.0 cm H2O.

6.7B.3.4 After the test, adjust the scavenger needle valve for a flowmeter
indication halfway between the two white lines.

6-10 Rev. H
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

(ü) 6.7C SCAVENGER INTERFACE - if applicable

6.7C.1 Scavenger Inspection

6.7C.1.1 Check all scavenger hoses and reservoir bag for deterioration.
Replace all worn components.

6.7C.2 Primary Negative Relief Valve Cleaning:

6.7C.2.1 Remove the plastic valve cover on the front surface of the
scavenger body by turning it in a counter-clockwise direction.

6.7C.2.2 Remove the valve and washer from the scavenger body by
turning it counter-clockwise. A needle-nose pliers may be used
to turn the valve, but use care not to damage the valve's fragile
disk.

6.7C.2.3 Brush any accumulated lint or dust off the valve with a soft
brush. The valve may be further cleaned with a low flow of clean
air or oxygen.

6.7C.2.4 Reinstall the plastic washer and valve into the scavenger body.
Replace the valve cover.

6.7C.3 Secondary Negative Relief Valve Cleaning:

6.7C.3.1 Unscrew the chrome plated valve housing on the left side of the
scavenger body by turning its fitting counter-clockwise with a
wrench.

6.7C.3.2 Unscrew the valve from the housing by turning it in a counter-


clockwise direction.

6.7C.3.3 Brush any accumulated lint or dust off the valve with a soft
brush. The valve may be further cleaned with a low flow of clean
air or oxygen.

6.7C.3.4 Reinstall the valve in the housing, and then reinstall the
housing into the scavenger body. Note: This valve does not
require washers or O-rings.

6.7C.4 Positive Relief Valve Cleaning:

6.7C.4.1 Remove the valve housing on the right side of the scavenger
body by turning it counter-clockwise.

6.7C.4.2 Inspect the rubber O-ring and replace if worn.

Rev. D 6-11
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.7C.4.3 Remove the valve from the housing by turning it counter-


clockwise. A needle-nose pliers may be used to turn the valve,
but use care not to damage the valve's fragile disk.

6.7C.4.4 Brush any accumulated lint or dust off the valve with a soft
brush. The valve may be further cleaned with a low flow of clean
air or oxygen.

6.7C.4.5 Reinstall the valve and plastic washer into the housing.

6.7C.4.6 Reinstall the valve housing onto the scavenger body, making
sure that the O-ring is properly seated.

6.7C.5 Negative Pressure:

6.7C.5.1 Connect a 22mm breathing hose between the absorber's


inspiratory valve and expiratory valve or expiratory hose
terminal on the ultrasonic flow sensor, if applicable. Set the
Man/Auto valve to the BAG position. Turn the APL valve fully
counter-clockwise. Occlude the bag mount connector.

6.7C.5.2 Verify that the suction waste gas disposal system is active.

6.7C.5.3 Close all flow control valves on the machine. Adjust the
scavenger needle valve to allow typical suction through the
scavenger.

6.7C.5.4 Install a scavenger adapter (P/N 4108114) with a hose barb


between the 19mm hose terminal of the scavenger and the
scavenger hose. Connect a test monitor to the hose barb adapter
and observe the pressure reading on the test gauge. The gauge
shall indicate a pressure of <-1.0 cmH2O.

6.7C.6 Positive Pressure:

6.7C.6.1 Close the scavenger needle valve by turning it fully clockwise.

6.7C.6.2 Push the O2 Flush button to inflate the scavenger reservoir bag.
Open the oxygen flow control valve to 10 l/min.

6.7C.6.3 Observe the pressure reading on the test gauge. The gauge shall
indicate a pressure of <10.0 cmH2O.

6.7C.6.4 Remove the test equipment. Readjust the scavenger needle


valve to allow typical suction through the scavenger.

6-12 Rev. G
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.7D SUCTION REGULATOR

6.7D.1 Verify that the suction bottle is attached to the suction


regulator.

6.7D.2 Verify that vacuum is attached to the ¾ in. DISS vacuum


connection.

6.7D.3 Set the vacuum on/off valve to the OFF (vertical) position.

6.7D.4 Connect a digital pressure meter to the collecting inlet stem of


the suction bottle.

6.7D.5 Set the digital pressure meter to the mmHg scale.

6.7D.6 Turn the vacuum control knob fully counter-clockwise.

(ü) 6.7D.7 What is the vacuum indicated on the digital pressure meter? (0)

6.7D.8 Turn the vacuum control knob fully clockwise and verify that
the vacuum control knob stops.

6.7D.9 Set the vacuum on/off valve to the ON position.

6.7D.10 Set the regulator to indicate 250 mmHg.

(ü) 6.7D.11 What is the vacuum indicated on the digital pressure meter?
(200-300 mmHg)

6.7D.12 Return all controls to their original positions.

Rev. D 6-13
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.8 BREATHING SYSTEM

(ü) 6.8.1 Absorber System Inspection

6.8.1.1 Remove the inspiratory and the expiratory valve domes.

6.8.1.2 Is there a broken or bent pin on the valve assembly?


Inspiratory ___ (N) Expiratory ___ (N)

6.8.1.3 Is there a broken pin on the valve domes?


Inspiratory ___ (N) Expiratory ___ (N)

6.8.1.4 Is the valve disc in good condition?


Inspiratory ___ (Y) Expiratory ___ (Y)

6.8.1.5 Are the valve dome washers in good condition? ___ (Y)

6.8.1.6 Reinstall the inspiratory and expiratory valve domes.

6.8.1.6A Remove the ultrasonic flow sensor connector hose - if applicable.

6.8.1.6B Is the connector hose, connector, and O-ring in good condition?


___ (Y) - if applicable.

6.8.1.6C Remove the ultrasonic flow sensor from the mounting bracket -
if applicable.

6.8.1.6D Remove the flow housing/transducer assembly from the


electronics housing - if applicable.

6.8.1.6E Remove both transducers from the flow housing; examine each
O-ring and condition of all components, then reassemble - if
applicable.

6.8.1.7 Remove the inspiratory and expiratory valve assemblies.

6.8.1.8 Remove the Spiromed sensor, if applicable.

6.8.1.9 Are all washers in good condition? ___ (Y)

6.8.1.10 Reinstall the inspiratory valve.

6.8.1.10AReinstall the expiratory valve and the connector hose between


the expiratory valve and the ultrasonic flow sensor - if
applicable.

6.8.1.11 Are the two (2) spring clips on the absorber rods? ___ (Y)

6-14 Rev. G
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.8.1.12 Inspect the following: canisters and gaskets, dust cup and O-ring,
condition of soda lime.

6.8.1.13 Are the absorber canisters and dust cup in good condition? ___ (Y)

6.8.1.14 Is the cm H2O gauge at zero (0)? ___ (Y)

6.8.1.15 Remove the O2Med sensor plug from the inspiratory valve dome
adapter and examine the two O-rings at the bottom of the plug.

Rev. G 6-14A
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

This page left intentionally blank

6-14B Rev. G
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.8.1.16 Reinstall the O2Med sensor plug into the inspiratory valve dome
adapter.

6.8.1.17 Examine the two O-rings at the bottom of the sensor.

6.8.2 This section intentionally left blank

(ü) 6.8.3 Lubrication, Spiromed Sensor - if applicable

6.8.3.1 Locate the four lateral holes at the sides of the Spiromed sensor
marked by printed arrows.

CAUTION: Use only Sensor Lubrication Kit P/N 2218180 for the following
procedure.

6.8.3.2 Remove the protective cover from the pipette and open the
lubricant bottle.

6.8.3.3 Dip the tip of the pipette into the lubricant and draw one drop of
lubricant into the pipette by pulling the pin upwards.

6.8.3.4 Insert the pipette into one of the four holes as far as it will go.
Push the pin forward to its stop to inject lubricant into the hole.

6.8.3.5 Repeat the procedure on the three remaining holes.

6.8.3.6 Wipe any lubricant residue from the exterior of the sensor.

6.8.3.7 Reattach the sensor to the absorber top dome.

6.8.3.8 Reattach the expiratory valve to the sensor.

Rev. G 6-15
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.8.4 Freshgas Leak

6.8.4.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

6.8.4.2 Remove the 15 mm connector from the FRESHGAS OUTLET.

6.8.4.3 Is the common gas outlet assembly in good condition? ___ (Y)

6.8.4.4 Connect a digital pressure manometer and Fresh Gas Leak Test
Device to the freshgas outlet.

6.8.4.5 Apply 50 cm H2O of pressure to the system.

(ü) 6.8.4.6 After thirty (30) seconds, what is the pressure on the manometer?
___ (>40 cm H2O)

6.8.4.7 Turn on the left mounted vaporizer to the first graduated


marking.

6.8.4.8 Apply 50 cm H2O of pressure to the system.

(ü) 6.8.4.9 After thirty (30) seconds, what is the pressure on the manometer?
___ (>40 cm H2O)

6.8.4.10 Turn off the vaporizer.

6.8.4.11 Remove the test equipment from the Fresh Gas Outlet.

6.8.4.12 Turn the System Power switch to ON.

6.8.4.13 Open the O2 flow control valve to 5 l/min., purge the system for 5
seconds, then close the O2 flow control valve.

6.8.4.14 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

(ü) 6.8.4.15 Turn on the center mounted vaporizer to the first graduated
marking, repeat Steps 6.8.4.4 and 6.8.4.8 thru 6.8.4.14. ___ (>40
cm H2O)

(ü) 6.8.4.16 Turn on the right mounted vaporizer to the first graduated
marking, repeat Steps 6.8.4.4 and 6.8.4.8 thru 6.8.4.14. ___ (>40
cm H2O)

6.8.4.17 Reconnect the 15 mm connector from the absorber system to the


FRESHGAS OUTLET.

6.8.4.18 Is the FRESHGAS OUTLET label on the freshgas outlet? ___ (Y)

6-16 Rev. E
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.8.5 Breathing System Leak

6.8.5.1 Verify the System Power switch is at STANDBY.

6.8.5.2 Close all flow control valves.

6.8.5.3 Interconnect the inspiratory valve and expiratory valve or


expiratory hose terminal on the ultrasonic flow sensor, if aplicable
with a 12-inch hose.

6.8.5.4 Attach a test terminal with a cuff inflation bulb (P/N S010159) to
the bag mount.

6.8.5.5 Set the Man/Auto selector valve to BAG.

6.8.5.6 Close the APL valve.

6.8.5.7 Apply 50 cm H2O pressure to the absorber system.

(ü) 6.8.5.8 After 30 seconds, what is the pressure in the absorber system?
___ cm H2O (>30)

6.8.6 APL Valve

6.8.6.1 Open the APL valve to its stop.

6.8.6.2 Turn the SYSTEM POWER switch to ON.

6.8.6.3 Set the oxygen flow to 8 l/min.

(ü) 6.8.6.4 What is the pressure on the absorber pressure gauge? ___ cm H2O
(<3)

6.8.6.5 Close the oxygen flow control valve, turn the System Power
switch to STANDBY, and remove the test terminal from the bag
mount.

6.8.7 Absorber Flow Direction and Leak

6.8.7.1 Expiration Valve Leak

6.8.7.1.1 Close the APL valve.


6.8.7.1.2 Connect a 22mm hose between the inspiration valve and the
bag mount.
6.8.7.1.3 Connect a test terminal to the expiration valve or expiratory
hose terminal on the ultrasonic flow sensor, if applicable.
6.8.7.1.4 Connect a Capnomed flowmeter to the test terminal.

Rev. G 6-17
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.8.7.1.5 Turn the System Power switch to ON, turn up the oxygen
flow until the system pressurizes to 30 cmH2O.
(ü) 6.8.7.1.6 What is the value indicated on the flowmeter?___ (≤60ml/
min).
6.8.7.1.7 Remove all test equipment, and turn the System Power
switch to STANDBY.
6.8.7.2 Inspiration Valve Leak

6.8.7.2.1 Connect a test terminal to the inspiratory valve.


6.8.7.2.2 Connect a tee fitting (P/N 4109292) and calibrated pressure
meter to the test terminal.
6.8.7.2.3 Connect a pressure bulb to the open port of the tee adapter.
6.8.7.2.4 Connect another test terminal to the bag connector.
6.8.7.2.5 Connect a Capnomed flowmeter to the test terminal on the
bag mount.
6.8.7.2.6 Pressurize the system to 30 cmH2O.
(ü) 6.8.7.2.7 What is the value indicated on the flow meter?___ (≤60 ml/
min).
6.8.7.2.8 Remove all test equipment.

6.8.7.3 Flow Direction

6.8.7.3.1 Attach a breathing circuit with a 3-liter bag at the Y-piece to


the inspiration valve and expiration valve or the expiratory
hose terminal on the ultrasonic flow sensor, if applicable.
6.8.7.3.2 Attach a 3-liter bag to the swivel bag mount.
6.8.7.3.3 Turn the System Power switch to ON.
6.8.7.3.4 Set the O2 flow to 4 l/min.
6.8.7.3.5 Inflate the simulated lung by briefly using the O2 Flush.
6.8.7.3.6 Partially open the APL valve.

6-18 Rev. N
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.8.7.3.7 Squeeze the breathing bag attached to the bag mount at a


rate of approximately 10 BPM. Readjust the APL valve if
required to properly ventilate the simulated lung.
(ü) 6.8.7.3.8 Observe the operation of each unidirectional valve disc at
eye level and make sure the inspiratory valve disc raises
only during the inspiration phase, and the expiratory valve
raises only during the exhalation phase. Watch the valves
until satisfied that both valves operate correctly, and move
freely without sticking.
6.8.7.3.9 Remove the breathing circuit.
6.8.7.3.10 Open the APL valve.
(ü) 6.8.8 Absorber PEEP Valve w/By-Pass - if applicable

6.8.8.1 Connect a 12 in. hose between the inspiratory and expiratory


valves, and set the O2 flow to 5 l/min.

* 6.8.8.2 Place the PEEP bypass in the ON position.

6.8.8.3 Adjust the absorber PEEP valve clockwise to the maximum


position.

6.8.8.4 Does the PEEP valve adjust smoothly? ___ (Y)

6.8.8.5 What is the maximum PEEP? ___ cm H2O (15-22)

* 6.8.8.6 Place the PEEP bypass in the OFF position.

6.8.8.7 Does the PEEP return to _3 cm H2O? ___(Y)

6.8.8.8 Adjust the absorber PEEP valve counterclockwise to its minimum


position.

6.8.8.9 Close the O2 flow control valve.

* These items apply only to machines with a PEEP by-pass.

Rev. F 6-19
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.8.9 Bain Circuit Adapter - if applicable

6.8.9.1 Close the APL valve by turning the knob fully clockwise.

6.8.9.2 Insert the O2 sensor plug into the O2 sensor inlet on the Bain
Circuit.

6.8.9.3 Attach a test terminal with a cuff inflation bulb (P/N S010159) to
the Breathing Bag port on the Bain Circuit.

6.8.9.4 Attach a cmH2O digital pressure meter to the female quick


connect connection on the Bain Circuit.

6.8.9.5 Occlude the expiration port on the Bain Circuit.

6.8.9.6 Apply 50cmH2O to the Bain Circuit via test terminal and
inflation bulb.

(ü) 6.8.9.7 After 30 seconds, what is the pressure on the cmH2O digital
pressure meter? (45 to 50 cmH2O)

6.8.9.8 Verify that the pressure indicated on the cmH2O gauge is within
3 cmH2O of the digital pressure meter reading.

6.8.9.9 Open the APL valve by turning the knob fully counter-clockwise.

6.8.9.10 Connect a test hose from the fresh gas outlet to the Expiration
port of the Bain Circuit.

6.8.9.11 Set the O2 flow to 10 L/min.

(ü) 6.8.9.12 What is the pressure on the cmH2O digital pressure meter? (_ 3
cmH2O)

6.8.9.13 Verify that the pressure indicated on the cmH2O gauge is within
3 cmH2O of the digital pressure meter reading.

6.8.9.14 Remove the test terminal and inflation bulb from the Breathing
Bag port.

6.8.9.15 Return all controls to their original positions.

6-20 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

(ü) 6.9 MANUAL SPHYGMOMANOMETER - if applicable

6.9.1 Insert the male Luer fitting of the Sphygmomanometer squeeze bulb-
hose assembly into the female Luer fitting labeled BP BULB on the
front of the machine.

6.9.2 Wrap the blood pressure cuff around an "E" cylinder.

6.9.3 Hand-pump the squeeze bulb until pressure of 200 mm Hg is indicated


on the Sphygmomanometer gauge on the machine. Pinch the hose
adjacent to the Luer fitting to assure that the hose-bulb is not the
source of any leak.

6.9.4 After thirty (30) seconds, what is the pressure on the


Sphygmomanometer gauge? ___ mm Hg (190-200)

6.9.5 Bleed the pressure.

6.9.6 The Sphygmomanometer should indicate within the band.

6.9.7 Attach a test gauge in series with the sphygmomanometer gauge being
tested.

6.9.8 Hand-pump the squeeze bulb until the machine gauge indicates 100
mm Hg.

6.9.9 What does the test gauge indicate? ___ mm Hg (90-110).

6.9.10 Hand-pump the squeeze bulb until the machine gauge indicates 200
mm Hg.

6.9.11 What does the test gauge indicate? ___ mm Hg (180-220).

6.9.12 Hand-pump the squeeze bulb until the machine gauge indicates 300
mm Hg.

6.9.13 What does the test gauge indicate? ___ mm Hg (210-390).

6.9.14 Remove the test gauge.

6.9.15 Remove the blood pressure cuff from the "E" cylinder.

Rev. D 6-21
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

(ü) 6.10 VAPOR EXCLUSION SYSTEM

6.10.1 Set all vapors to zero (0).

6.10.2 Adjust the handwheel on the left vapor (viewed from the front of the
machine) to any concentration above zero (0).

6.10.3 Deleted

6.10.4 Deleted

6.10.5 Is it possible to adjust the center vapor? ___ (N)

6.10.6 Is it possible to adjust the right (viewed from the front of the machine)
vapor? ___(N)

6.10.7 Adjust the handwheel on the left vapor to zero (0).

6.10.8 Adjust the handwheel on the center vapor to any concentration above
zero 0).

6.10.9 Deleted

6.10.10 Is it possible to adjust the left vapor? ___ (N)

6.10.11 Is it possible to adjust the right vapor? ___ (N).

6.10.12 Adjust the handwheel on the center vapor to zero (0).

6.10.13 Adjust the handwheel on the right vapor to any concentration above
zero (0).

6.10.14 Deleted

6.10.15 Is it possible to adjust the left vapor? ___ (N).

6.10.16 Is it possible to adjust the center vapor? ___ (N).

6.10.17 Adjust the handwheel on the right vapor to zero (0).

6-22 Rev. H
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.11 YOKES & GAUGES

(ü) 6.11.1 Yokes & Check Valves

6.11.1.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

6.11.1.2 Disconnect all pipeline hoses and close all cylinder valves.

6.11.1.3 Remove cylinder or yoke plug from each yoke assembly.

6.11.1.4 Do all the yoke handles adjust smoothly? ___ (Y)

6.11.1.5 Are the two (2) yoke pins installed securely in each yoke? ___ (Y)

6.11.1.6 Is there only one (1) cylinder washer on each yoke assembly? ___
(Y)

6.11.1.7 Is there a yoke plug attached to each yoke assembly? ___ (Y)

6.11.1.8 Is the proper gas I.D. label affixed to each yoke assembly? ___ (Y)

6.11.1.9 Attach a cylinder to each yoke assembly, open the cylinder valve,
let the pressure stabilize, close the cylinder valve, and remove the
cylinder from the yoke assembly.

6.11.1.10Does the yoke check valve assembly prevent the escape of


excessive pressure? ___ (Y)

6.11.1.11Attach the cylinders to the yokes.

Rev. D 6-23
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

(ü) 6.11.2 Cylinder Gauges

6.11.2.1 Are the pressure gauges correct for the gases indicated by the
flowmeters? ___ (Y)

6.11.2.2 Is the gauge closest to the table top for cylinder supply pressure?
___ (Y)

6.11.2.3 Bleed all pressure from the cylinder circuit.

6.11.2.4 Are the cylinder gauges at zero (0) PSI? ___ (Y)

6.11.2.5 Open the cylinder valves.

6.11.2.6 Do the cylinder pressure gauges respond properly? ___ (Y)

(ü) 6.11.3 Pipeline Gauges

6.11.3.1 Are the gauges right below the flowmeters for pipeline supply
pressure? ___ (Y)

6.11.3.2 Are the pipeline pressure gauges at zero (0) PSI? ___ (Y)

6.11.3.3 Connect the pipeline supply.

6.11.3.4 Do the pipeline pressure gauges respond properly? ___ (Y)

6.11.3.5 Are the correct gas identification labels affixed at each of the
pipeline inlets? ___ (Y)

6.11.3.6 Does the back panel identify each of the pipeline inlets properly?
___ (Y)

6.11.3.7 Disconnect the pipeline hoses.

6-24 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.12 HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR

Minimum cylinder pressure requirements for this test are: N2O & CO2: 600 psi;
O2, Air, He, He/O2, N2: 1000 psi.

6.12.1 Verify the System Power switch is ON.

6.12.2 Verify all cylinder valves are closed except the O2 valve.

6.12.3 Set the oxygen flow to 4 liters per min.

6.12.4 Open the other gas flow control valves to drain pressure from the
system.

6.12.5 Close the O2 cylinder valve, and press the O2 Flush valve to drain
oxygen pressure from the system.

6.12.6 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

6.12.7 Remove the table top from the machine and remove the top cabinet
drawer. Refer to replacement procedure 4.2.

6.12.8 Locate the TEE fitting in the ¼ in. diameter O2 regulator output line,
and remove the plug from the TEE fitting.

6.12.9 Connect a dedicated O2 test gauge to the TEE fitting.

NOTE:Two test gauges are required to avoid contamination of the O2 circuit


from the other gases: a dedicated test gauge for O2, and a second test
gauge for the other gases.

6.12.10 Open the O2 cylinder valve. Turn the System Power switch to ON, and
turn the gas selector switch to ALL GASES - if applicable.

6.12.11 Verify the oxygen flow is 4 liters per min.

(ü) 6.12.12 On the test gauge, what is the regulator output press.? ___PSI (43-49)

NOTE:Leave the dedicated O2 test gauge connected for later use in the
Oxygen Supply Pressure Alarm Test.

6.12.13 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY.

6.12.14 For the other pressure regulators, locate their corresponding TEE
fittings in the ¼ in. diameter regulator output line, and remove the
plug from the TEE fitting (one at a time).

6.12.15 Connect the second test gauge to the TEE fitting.

Rev. N 6-25
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.12.16 Open the corresponding cylinder valve and set the System Power
switch to ON.

6.12.17 Set the corresponding flow to 4 l/min.

(ü) 6.12.18 On the second test gauge, what is the regulator output pressure? ___
PSI (40 - 49 for N2O), (43 - 49 for Air)

6.12.19 Depressurize the gas circuit.

6.12.20 Remove the test gauge and replace the plug in the TEE fitting.

(ü) 6.12.21 Repeat Steps 6.12.13 thru 6.12.20 for all other gases except CO2
circuits.

6-26 Rev. N
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.13 HIGH PRESSURE LEAK

(ü) 6.13.1 Oxygen High Pressure Leak

6.13.1.1 Verify the System Power switch is at STANDBY.

6.13.1.2 Open one (1) oxygen cylinder valve.

6.13.1.3 Let the pressure stabilize.

6.13.1.4 Close the oxygen cylinder valve and remove the cylinder.

6.13.1.5 Observe the oxygen cylinder pressure gauge.

6.13.1.6 After two (2) minutes, what is the pressure loss? ___ PSI (<50)

6.13.1.7 Attach the cylinder.

(ü) 6.13.2 Nitrous Oxide High Pressure Leak

6.13.2.1 Turn the System Power switch to ON.

6.13.2.2 Open one (1) oxygen cylinder valve and one (1) nitrous oxide
cylinder valve.

6.13.2.3 Adjust the oxygen flow to 4 l/min.

6.13.2.4 Let the pressure stabilize.

6.13.2.5 Close the nitrous oxide cylinder valve and remove the cylinder.

6.13.2.6 Observe the nitrous oxide cylinder pressure gauge.

6.13.2.7 After two (2) minutes, what is the pressure loss? ___ PSI (<50)

6.13.2.8 Attach the cylinder.

6.13.2.9 Close the oxygen flow control valve.

Rev. D 6-27
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

(ü) 6.13.3 Air High Pressure Leak - if applicable

6.13.3.1 Open the air cylinder valve.

6.13.3.2 Let the pressure stabilize.

6.13.3.3 Close the air cylinder valve and remove the cylinder.

6.13.3.4 Observe the air cylinder pressure gauge.

6.13.3.5 After two (2) minutes, what is the pressure loss? ___ PSI (<50)

6.13.3.6 Attach the air cylinder.

(ü) 6.13.4 Oxygen-Helium High Pressure Leak - if applicable

6.13.4.1 Open the oxygen-helium cylinder valve.

6.13.4.2 Let the pressure stabilize.

6.13.4.3 Close the oxygen-helium cylinder valve and remove the cylinder.

6.13.4.4 Observe the oxygen-helium cylinder pressure gauge.

6.13.4.5 After two (2) minutes, what is the pressure loss? ___ PSI (<50)

6.13.4.6 Attach the oxygen-helium cylinder.

6-28 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

(ü) 6.13.5 Carbon Dioxide High Pressure Leak - if applicable

6.13.5.1 Open the carbon dioxide cylinder valve.

6.13.5.2 Let the pressure stabilize.

6.13.5.3 Close the carbon dioxide cylinder valve and remove the cylinder.

6.13.5.4 Observe the carbon dioxide cylinder pressure gauge.

6.13.5.5 After two (2) minutes, what is the pressure loss? ___ PSI (<50)

6.13.5.6 Attach the carbon dioxide cylinder.

Rev. D 6-29
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.14 OXYGEN SUPPLY FAILURE PROTECTION

6.14.1 Nitrous Oxide O.F.P.D.

6.14.1.1 Open and close the oxygen cylinder valve.

6.14.1.2 Open the nitrous oxide cylinder valve.

6.14.1.3 Set the O2 and N2O flows to 4 l/min.

(ü) 6.14.1.4 Does the flow of nitrous oxide cease when the oxygen pressure is
depleted? ___ (Y)

6.14.1.5 Connect the O2 pipeline supply.

6.14.1.6 Close the nitrous oxide cylinder valve and bleed the pressure from
the circuit.

6.14.1.7 Connect the N2O pipeline supply.

6.14.1.8 Disconnect the O2 pipeline supply.

(ü) 6.14.1.9 Does the flow of nitrous oxide cease when the oxygen pressure is
depleted? ___ (Y)

6.14.1.10Close the nitrous oxide flow control valve.

6.14.1.11Disconnect the N2O pipeline supply.

6-30 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.14.2 Air O.F.P.D. - if applicable

6.14.2.1 This step intentionally left blank.

6.14.2.2 Open the air cylinder valve - if applicable.

6.14.2.3 Connect the air pipeline hose - if applicable.

6.14.2.4 Open one (1) oxygen cylinder valve.

6.14.2.5 Set the air flow to 4 l/min; set the oxygen flow to 4 l/min.

6.14.2.6 Close the oxygen cylinder valve.

(ü) 6.14.2.7 Does the flow of air cease when the oxygen pressure is depleted?
___ (Y)

6.14.2.8 Close the air flow control valve.

6.14.2.9 Disconnect the air pipeline hose - if applicable.

6.14.3 Oxygen-Helium O.F.P.D. - if applicable

6.14.3.1 This step intentionally left blank.

6.14.3.2 Open the oxygen-helium cylinder valve.

6.14.3.3 Open one (1) oxygen cylinder valve.

6.14.3.4 Set the oxygen-helium flow to 4 l/min; set the oxygen flow to 4 l/
min.

6.14.3.5 Close the oxygen cylinder valve.

(ü) 6.14.3.6 Does the flow of oxygen-helium cease when the oxygen pressure is
depleted? ___ (Y)

6.14.3.7 Close the oxygen-helium flow control valve.

Rev. D 6-31
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.14.4 Carbon Dioxide O.F.P.D. - if applicable

6.14.4.1 This step intentionally left blank.

6.14.4.2 Open the cylinder of carbon dioxide.

6.14.4.3 Open one (1) oxygen cylinder valve.

6.14.4.4 Set the carbon dioxide flow to 500 ml; set the oxygen flow to 4 l/
min.

6.14.4.5 Close the oxygen cylinder valve.

(ü) 6.14.4.6 Does the flow of carbon dioxide cease when the oxygen pressure is
depleted? ___ (Y)

6.14.4.7 Close the carbon dioxide flow control valve.

6.14.5 (Deleted)

6-32 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.14.6 (Deleted)

6.14.7 Oxygen Supply Pressure Alarm

6.14.7.1 If not already connected, connect a dedicated O2 test gauge to the


TEE fitting in the O2 regulator output line.

6.14.7.2 Open and close an oxygen cylinder.

6.14.7.3 Set the oxygen flow to 2 l/min.

(ü) 6.14.7.4 What is the pressure on the dedicated O2 test gauge when the "O2
SUPPLY PRESSURE" LED turns on? ___ PSI (34 - 40)

6.14.7.5 Does the O2 SUPPLY LOW message appear in the Caution


display? ___ (Y)

6.14.7.6 Bleed the remaining O2 pressure from the system, then close the
flow control valve.

6.14.7.7 Remove the test gauge from the TEE fitting in the O2 regulator
output line and replace the plug.

Rev. D 6-33
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.15 FLOWMETERS

(ü) 6.15.1 Oxygen Flowmeter

6.15.1.1 Open the O2 cylinder valve.

6.15.1.2 Is it possible to adjust the flow of oxygen over the full range of the
flowmeters? ___ (Y)

6.15.1.3 Close the O2 cylinder valve and bleed the pressure.

6.15.1.4 Connect the O2 pipeline supply, and verify the operation of the
oxygen flowmeter.

6.15.1.5 Is the correct flow control knob and label attached to the oxygen
flow control valve? ___ (Y)

6.15.1.6 Close the oxygen flow control valve.

6.15.1.7 This step intentionally left blank.

(ü) 6.15.1.8 What is the minimum flow of oxygen? ___ ml (100-200 ml/min)

(ü) 6.15.2 Nitrous Oxide Flowmeter

6.15.2.1 Set the oxygen flow to 4 l/min.

6.15.2.2 Open the nitrous oxide cylinder valve.

6.15.2.3 Is it possible to adjust the flow of nitrous oxide over the full range
of the flowmeter? ___ (Y)

6.15.2.4 Close the nitrous oxide cylinder valve and bleed the pressure.

6.15.2.5 Connect the N2O pipeline supply, and verify the proper operation
of the N2O flowmeter.

6.15.2.6 Is the correct flow control knob and label attached to the N2O flow
control valve? ___ (Y)

6.15.2.7 Close the oxygen and nitrous oxide flow control valves.

6-34 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

(ü) 6.15.3 Air Flowmeter - if applicable

** 6.15.3.1 Open the air cylinder valve.

** 6.15.3.2 Is it possible to adjust the flow of the air over the full range of the
flowmeter? ___ (Y)

** 6.15.3.3 Close the air cylinder valve and bleed the pressure.

6.15.3.4 Close the air flow control valve.

6.15.3.5 Connect the Air pipeline supply (if applicable) and verify the
proper operation of the air flowmeter.

6.15.3.6 Close the air flow control valve and disconnect the Air pipeline
supply.

6.15.3.7 Is the correct flow control knob and label attached to the air flow
control valve? ___ (Y)

(ü) 6.15.4 Oxygen-Helium Flowmeter - if applicable

6.15.4.1 Open the oxygen-helium gas cylinder valve.

6.15.4.2 Is it possible to adjust the flow of the oxygen-helium over the full
range of the flowmeter? ___ (Y)

6.15.4.3 Close the oxygen-helium flow control valve.

6.15.4.4 Is the correct flow control knob and label attached to the oxygen-
helium flow control valve? ___ (Y)

(ü) 6.15.5 Carbon Dioxide Flowmeter - if applicable

6.15.5.1 Open the carbon dioxide gas cylinder valve.

6.15.5.2 Is it possible to adjust the flow of the carbon dioxide over its range
of 600 ml/min.? ___ (Y)

6.15.5.3 Close the carbon dioxide flow control valve.

6.15.5.4 Is the correct flow control knob and label attached to the carbon
dioxide flow control valve? ___ (Y)

** These items do not apply to 4-gas machines.

Rev. D 6-35
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.16 O2 MED

6.16.1 Disconnect the oxygen sensor cable from the Oxygen Sensor interface.

6.16.2 The following message shall appear on the display: O2 SENS DISC.

6.16.3 Reconnect the O2 Med sensor.

6.16.4 The following message shall appear on the display: CAL O2 SENSOR.

6.16.5 Press the Cal key.

NOTE:Make sure that the sensor has stabilized in ambient air for several
minutes.

(ü) 6.16.6 After calibration is completed, what is the oxygen concentration? ___ %
(21)

6.16.7 This step intentionally left blank.

6.16.8 The warning INSP O2 LOW shall appear on the display and the
warning heading shall be flashing. There shall be a continuous audible
alarm.

6.16.9 What is the low oxygen alarm default? ___ % (30)

6.16.10 This step intentionally left blank.

6.16.11 Select the OXYGEN LOW alarm limit. Does a box appear around the
low alarm limit? ___ (Y)

6.16.12 Verify that the low alarm limit has a range from 18 to 99%.

6.16.13 Place the oxygen sensor into the inspiratory valve dome adapter, set
the Man/Auto selector BAG, close the APL valve. Attach a 12-inch hose
to the inspiratory valve and occlude the bag mount.

6.16.14 Set the oxygen flow to 4 l/min.

6.16.15 Set the low limit to 18, and verify that the INSP O2 LOW message has
cleared.

6.16.16 Select the OXYGEN HIGH alarm limit. Does a box appear around the
high alarm limit? ___ (Y)

6.16.17 What is the high oxygen alarm default? ___ % (100)

6-36 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.16.18 Verify that the high alarm limit has a range from 100 to 19%.

6.16.19 Set the high alarm limit to 95.

6.16.20 The message INSP O2 HIGH shall appear as an Advisory.

6.16.21 Return the high alarm limit to 100.

6.16.22 The INSP O2 HIGH message shall disappear.

(ü) 6.16.23 Within 3 minutes, what is the oxygen concentration? ___ % (97-100)

Rev. D 6-37
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.17 OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS

6.17.1 Oxygen + Nitrous Oxide Concentration

6.17.1.1 Verify the oxygen flow is at 4 l/min.

6.17.1.2 Depress the O2 Flush button for 5 seconds.

6.17.1.3 Does the O2Med read 97-100% after the value stabilizes?__(Y)

6.17.1.4 Set the nitrous oxide flow to 2 l/min.

(ü) 6.17.1.5 After the value stabilizes, what is the oxygen concentration? ___
% (64-70)

6.17.1.6 Close the nitrous oxide flow control valve.

6.17.2 Oxygen + Air Concentration - if applicable

6.17.2.1 Depress the O2FLUSH button for 5 seconds.

6.17.2.2 Does the O2Med read 97-100% after the value stabilizes?__(Y)

6.17.2.3 This step intentionally left blank.

6.17.2.4 Set the air flow to 2 l/min.

(ü) 6.17.2.5 After the value stabilizes, what is the O2 concentration? ___%(71-
77)

6.17.2.6 Close the air cylinder valve and bleed the pressure from the
circuit - if applicable.

6.17.2.7 Close the air flow control valve.

6-38 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.17.3 Oxygen + Helium and Oxygen Concentration - if applicable

6.17.3.1 Depress the "O2 FLUSH" for 5 seconds.

6.17.3.2 After the value stabilizes, does the O2 Med read 97-100%? ___ (Y)

6.17.3.3 This step intentionally left blank.

6.17.3.4 Verify the oxygen flow is at 4 l/min.

6.17.3.5 Set the oxygen-helium flow to 2 l/min.

(ü) 6.17.3.6 After the value stabilizes, what is the O2 concentration? ___%(72-
78)

6.17.3.7 Close the oxygen-helium cylinder valve and bleed the pressure
from the circuit.

6.17.3.8 Close the oxygen-helium flow control valve.

6.17.4 Oxygen + Carbon Dioxide Concentration - if applicable

6.17.4.1 Depress the O2FLUSH button for 5 seconds.

6.17.4.2 Set the oxygen flow to 1000 ml.

6.17.4.3 After the value stabilizes, does the O2MED read 97-100%?___(Y)

6.17.4.4 this step intentionally left blank.

6.17.4.5 Set the carbon dioxide flow to 500 ml.

(ü) 6.17.4.6 What is the O2 concentration after the value stabilizes? ___%(64-
70)

6.17.4.7 Close the carbon dioxide cylinder valve and bleed the pressure
from the circuit.

6.17.4.8 Close the carbon dioxide flow control valve.

Rev. D 6-39
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

(ü) 6.18 AUXILIARY OXYGEN FLOWMETER - if applicable

6.18.1 Close the auxiliary oxygen flowmeter flow control valve.

6.18.2 Connect a cm H2O pressure manometer to the outlet.

6.18.3 Is there an increase in pressure? ___ (N)

6.18.4 Apply a pressure of 50 cm H2O to the manometer.

6.18.5 After 30 seconds, what is the pressure on the manometer? ___(>40 cm


H2O)

6.18.6 Remove the gauge and test fixture.

6.18.7 Is it possible to adjust the flow over the full range of the auxiliary
oxygen flowmeter? ___ (Y)

6.18.8 Set the flow rate to 5 l/min.

6.18.9 Hold the sensor from a calibrated O2Med at the auxiliary oxygen
flowmeter outlet.

6.18.10 After the value stabilizes, what is the oxygen concentration? ___ % (97-
100)

6.18.11 Remove the O2Med sensor from the auxiliary oxygen flowmeter, and
insert it into the inspiratory valve dome adapter.

6.18.12 Close the flowmeter flow control valve.

6-40 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.19 A OXYGEN RATIO CONTROLLER

6.19A.1 This step intentionally left blank.

6.19A.2 Depress the O2FLUSH for 5 seconds.

6.19A.3 Set the oxygen flow to 1000 ml/min.

6.19A.4 Open the nitrous oxide flow control valve to the stop position.

(ü) 6.19A.5 What is the oxygen concentration after the value stabilizes? ___ %
(21-29)

6.19A.6 Adjust the oxygen flow to 1.5 l/min.

(ü) 6.19A.7 What is the oxygen concentration after the value stabilizes? ___ %
(21-29)

6.19A.8 Adjust the oxygen flow to 2 l/min.

(ü) 6.19A.9 What is the oxygen concentration after the value stabilizes? ___ %
(21-29)

6.19A.10Adjust the oxygen flow to 4 l/min.

(ü) 6.19A.11 What is the oxygen concentration after the value stabilizes? ___ %
(21-29)

6.19A.12Reduce the O2 flow to 500 ml/min. Verify that the N2O flow is greater
than or equal to 600 ml/min.

6.19A.13Close the oxygen flow control valve.

(ü) 6.19A.14What is the flow of nitrous oxide? ___ ml/min. 375-750 ml/min

6.19A.15What is the oxygen concentration with the O2 flow control valve


closed?___% (>21)

6.19A.16Close the nitrous oxide flow control valve.

Rev. D 6-41
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.20 BAROMED

6.20.1 Disconnect the breathing pressure sensor line from the absorber.

6.20.2 Connect a test pressure gauge and syringe to the breathing pressure
sensor line.

6.20.3 Select the THRESHOLD PRES alarm limit. Does a number appear to
the left of the threshold line on the waveform? ___ (Y).

6.20.4 What is the threshold alarm default? ___ cm H2O (12)

6.20.5 Verify that the threshold alarm limit has a range from 5 to 30 cm H2O.

6.20.6 Adjust the threshold to 10 cm H2O.

6.20.7 Select the PRESSURE HIGH alarm limit. Does a box shall appear
around the High Pressure Alarm Limit? ___ (Y)

6.20.8 What is the high alarm limit default? ___ cm H2O (50)

6.20.9 Verify that the high alarm limit has a range from 30 to 120 cm H2O.

6.20.10 Set the high alarm limit to 65 cm H2O, and exit from the set up menu.

6.20.11 Increase the pressure to 25 cm H2O, then decrease the pressure to 20


cm H2O. (You must perform this step within 10 seconds, otherwise a
continuing pressure condition will prevail and will prevent
completionof the test.)

6.20.12 Does the THRESHOLD LOW message appear in the Advisory column?
___ (Y)

6.20.13 Set the Man/Auto valve to AUTO, and turn the ventilator ON.

6.20.14 Bleed the pressure and start a stopwatch.

NOTE:Apnea Pressure alarm times are valid only with ventilator ON.

(ü) 6.20.15 What is the time when APNEA-PRESSURE appears in the Caution
column? ___ sec (13-17)

(ü) 6.20.16 What is the time when the APNEA-PRESSURE appears in the
Warning column? ___ sec (26-34)

6.20.17 After the APNEA-PRESSURE alarm is displayed as a Warning, slowly


increase the test pressure.

6-42 Rev. J
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

(ü) 6.20.18 At what pressure does the APNEA-PRESSURE alarm deactivate? ___
cm H2O (7-13)

6.20.19 Adjust the threshold to 18 cm H2O.

6.20.20 Increase the pressure to 20 cm H2O, maintain the pressure, and start a
stopwatch.

(ü) 6.20.21 What is the time when CONTINUOUS PRES appears as a Warning?
___ sec (12-18)

(ü) 6.20.22 Decreasing the pressure slowly, what is the pressure at which the
CONTINUOUS PRES alarm deactivates? ___ cm H2O (15-21)

6.20.23 Slowly increase the pressure.

(ü) 6.20.24 At what pressure does the VENT PRESSURE HI alarm activate? ___
cm H2O (62-68)

6.20.25 Bleed the pressure.

6.20.26 Slowly create a sub-atmospheric pressure.

(ü) 6.20.27 At what pressure does the SUB ATM PRESSURE alarm activate? ___
cm H2O (-7 to -13)

6.20.28 Disconnect the test gauge and syringe; reconnect the breathing
pressure sensor line to the absorber.

6.20.29 Does the SUB ATM PRESSURE alarm deactivate? ___(Y)

6.20.30 Press the Breathing Pressure OFF key.

6.20.31 Verify that the APNEA ALARM cannot be selected to OFF when the
ventilator switch is ON.

Rev. D 6-43
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.21 VENTILATOR

NOTE:Set the Pressure Limit control to MAX, and the PEEP valve to the
minimum position, if applicable. Readjustment of inspiratory flow to
limit the inspiratory plateau may be required to reduce erratic tidal
volumes and breath rates caused by artiface volumes.

6.21.1 Set the Man/Auto selector to BAG.

6.21.2 Set the FREQUENCY to 10 BPM.

6.21.3 Set the I:E RATIO to 1:2.

6.21.4 Set the Tidal Volume to 1000 ml.

6.21.5 Attach a patient circuit to the absorber system.

6.21.6 Adjust the O2 flow to 3 l/min.

6.21.7 Is LED illuminated in Breathing Volume OFF key? (Y) (If No, press the
OFF key.)

6.21.8 Is the VOL-ALARMS OFF message displayed in the Advisory column?


(Y) (If No, press the Volume Alarm key.)

6.21.9 Turn the ventilator on.

6.21.10 Verify the FAULT indicator turns on (Y)

6.21.11 Set the Man/Auto selector switch to AUTO.

6.21.12 Verify the FAULT indicator turns off (Y)

6.21.13 Do the LEDs in the Breathing Volume OFF and Breathing Pressure
OFF keys extinguish? (Y)

6.21.14 Adjust the INSPIRATORY FLOW to the maximum of the LOW zone.

6.21.15 Occlude the Y-piece with your thumb.

6.21.16 Inflate the bellows by momentarily pressing the O2 Flush.

(ü) 6.21.17 What is the peak inspiratory pressure? ___ cm H2O (>30 cm H2O)

6.21.18 Attach a test lung to the Y-piece.

6-44 Rev. J
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.21.19 Using a stopwatch, time the inspiratory phase.

(ü) 6.21.20 What is the inspiratory time? ___ seconds (1.8-2.2)

6.21.21 Using a stopwatch, time the expiratory phase.

(ü) 6.21.22 What is the expiratory time? ___ seconds (3.6-4.4)

** 6.21.23 Press and hold the EXTENDED RANGE switch and scroll the I:E ratio
dial counter-clockwise and verify the extended I:E values increment
(2:1, 3:1 and 4:1); return the I:E ratio to 2:1.

** 6.21.24 Using a stopwatch, time the inspiratory phase.

ü** 6.21.25 What is the inspiratory time? ___ seconds (3.6 - 4.4)

** 6.21.26 Using a stopwatch, time the expiratory phase.

ü** 6.21.27 What is the expiratory time? ___ seconds (1.8 - 2.2)

(ü) 6.21.28 Adjust the FREQUENCY and I:E RATIO through the following
settings and verify that the ventilator cycles properly:

FREQ. I:E RATIO FREQ. I:E RATIO FREQ. I:E RATIO


11 1:1 44 1:2.5 77 1:4
22 1:1.5 55 1:3 88 1:4.5
33 1:2 66 1:3.5 99 1:4.5

6.22 BELLOWS DRIVE GAS LEAK: ADULT

6.22.1 Remove the ventilator hose from the VENTILATOR HOSE terminal.

6.22.2 Attach a test terminal to the bellows assembly ventilator hose


terminal.

6.22.3 Connect a flowmeter test stand (P/N S000081) to the test terminal.

6.22.4 Set the FREQUENCY to 1 BPM.

6.22.5 Set the I:E RATIO to 1:1.

6.22.6 Set the INSPIRATORY FLOW to the maximum.

(ü) 6.22.7 What is the flow indicated during the inspiratory phase? ___ (<50 ml)

6.22.8 Remove the test terminal and flowmeter test stand.

6.22.9 Turn the ventilator and all ventilation alarms OFF.

Rev. J 6-45
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.23 SPIROMED or Ultrasonic Flow Sensor

6.23.1 Press the Breathing Volume LOW LIMIT key. Does a box appear
around the Minute Volume Alarm Limit? ___(Y)

6.23.2 What is the low minute volume alarm default? ___ (1.0)

6.23.3 Verify that the minute volume has a low alarm limit range from at
least 0.2 to 10.0 by increments of 0.1.

6.23.4 Adjust the low minute volume alarm to 2.0 liters. Turn on the
ventilator (with the breathing circuit open) and start a stop watch.

6.23.5 This step intentionally left blank.

(ü) 6.23.6 What is the time when APNEA-VOLUME appears as a Caution? ___
sec (13 - 17)

(ü) 6.23.7 What is the time when APNEA-VOLUME appears as a Warning? ___
sec (26 - 34)

(ü) 6.23.8 Within one (1) minute, does the MINUTE VOLUME LOW message
appear as a Caution? ___ Y

6.23.9 Insert a test minute volumeter in between the Spiromed sensor (or
absorber, if the system is equipped with the ultrasonic flow sensor) and
the exhalation valve.

6.23.10 Reconnect the ventilator hose to the Ventilator Hose terminal.

6.23.11 Adjust the FREQUENCY to 6 BPM.

6.23.12 Adjust the I:E RATIO to 1:2.

6.23.13 Adjust the flow to the maximum of the LOW zone.

6.23.14 Adjust the oxygen flow to 2 l/min.

6.23.15 Adjust the Tidal Volume to 200 ml.

6-46 Rev. N
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.23.16 After the first breath is detected, do the APNEA-VOLUME Warning


message and the MINUTE VOLUME LO Caution message deactivate?
___ (Y)

6.23.17 Adjust the low alarm limit above the indicated minute volume.

6.23.18 Does the MINUTE VOLUME LO message appear as a Caution? ___ (Y)

6.23.19 Adjust the low alarm limit below the indicated minute volume.

6.23.20 Does the MINUTE VOLUME LO Caution message deactivate? ___ (Y)

6.23.21 Increase the tidal volume to 1000 ml and the frequency to 10 BPM.

6.23.22 Press the O2 Flush momentarily to inflate the bellows.

6.23.23 Readjust the inspiratory flow as necessary to fully collapse the bellows.

(ü) 6.23.24 Are the tidal and minute volumes on the machine and on the test
volumeter within 20% of each other? ___ (Y)

6.23.25 Create a reverse flow by loosening the expiratory valve dome. If


equipped with an ultrasonic flow sensor, remove the breathing hose
from the flow sensor. Connect a test terminal and a Riken aspirator
(negative pressure squeeze bulb) to the 22 mm male port of the flow
sensor. Disconnect the hose attached to the exhalation valve. Compress
and release the aspirator.

(ü) 6.23.26 Each time a reverse flow greater than 20 ml is detected, does the
REVERSE FLOW message appear as an Advisory? ___ (Y)

6.23.27 Tighten the expiratory valve dome. If equipped with an ultrasonic flow
sensor, remove the test terminal and aspirator from the flow sensor
and reconnect the patient circuit hose. Reconnect the hose between the
expiratory valve and the flow sensor.

6.23.28 Disconnect the respiratory volume sensor cord from the VOLUME
SENSOR interface.

6.23.29 Do the VOL SENSOR DISC appear as an Advisory, and is LED


illuminated in the Breathing Volume OFF key? ___ (Y)

6.23.30 Connect the respiratory volume sensor cord to the VOLUME SENSOR
interface and verify that the alarms clear.

Rev. J 6-47
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.24 A BELLOWS: ADULT - if applicable

6.24A.1 Set the FREQUENCY to 10 BPM.

6.24A.2 Set the I:E RATIO to 1:2.

6.24A.3 Adjust the O2 flow to 300 ml/min.

6.24A.4 Adjust the INSPIRATORY FLOW to MED.

6.24A.5 Adjust the Tidal Volume to 200 ml.

6.24A.6 Press the O2 Flush momentarily to inflate the bellows.

(ü) 6.24A.7 What is the Tidal Volume on the test volumeter? ___ ml (125-250)

6.24A.8 Adjust the Tidal Volume to 1000 ml, and the fresh gas flow to 3 L/
min.

6.24A.9 Press the O2 Flush momentarily to inflate the bellows.

(ü) 6.24A.10What is the Tidal Volume on the test volumeter? ___ ml (900-1100)

6.24A.11 Adjust the O2 flow to 5 l/min.

6.24A.12Adjust the Tidal Volume to maximum.

6.24A.13Remove the test lung and attach a 3 liter breathing bag. Adjust the
INSPIRATORY FLOW to fully compress the bellows.

NOTE:Bag should be placed on a flat horizontal surface to reduce artifact


volume.

(ü) 6.24A.14What is the Tidal Volume on the test volumeter? ___ ml (_1400)

6.24B VENTILATOR RELIEF VALVE: ADULT

6.24B.1 Adjust the O2 flow to 10 l/min.

6.24B.2 Adjust the INSPIRATORY FLOW to fully compress the bellows.

6.24B.3 Adjust the I:E RATIO to 1:3, and the FREQUENCY to 10.

6.24B.4 Adjust the Tidal Volume to 1200 ml.

(ü) 6.24B.5 What is the PEEP? ___ cm H2O (_3)

6.24B.6 Adjust the O2 flow to 500 ml.

6-48 Rev. J
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

(ü) 6.24B.7 Does the ventilator deliver the full Tidal Volume during 5 consecutive
cycles? ___ (Y)

6.24B.8 Does the bellows stop adjust smoothly? ___ (Y)

6.25 A BELLOWS: PEDIATRIC EXTERNAL - if applicable

6.25A.1 Set the ventilator frequency to 10 BPM.

6.25A.2 Set the I:E Ration to 1:2.

6.25A.3 Adjust the tidal volume to 300 ml/min.

6.25A.4 Turn the ventilator ON.

6.25A.5 Adjust the Inspiratory Flow control on the ventilator to Medium.

6.25A.6 Adjust the fine flow control of the Ped Bellows attachment fully
clockwise.

6.25A.7 Set the O2 to 3 l/min.

6.25A.8 Occlude the 15mm patient side of the Y-piece and fill the bellows by
pressing the O2 Flush button.

6.25A.9 Observe the absorber breathing pressure gauge as the ventilator


cycles.

6.25A.10What is the pressure when the bellows completes its downward


travel? ___cmH2O >30

6.25A.11 What is the pressure when the bellows completes its upward travel?
___cmH2O _3

6.25A.12Attach a test lung onto the patient circuit Y-piece.

6.25A.13Fill the bellows by pressing the O2 Flush button.

6.25A.14Verify that with the Pediatric Bellows Fine Flow Control turned fully
counter-clockwise the bellows does not collapse during inspiration.
Readjust the knob to the fully clockwise position.

6.25A.15Adjust the O2 flow to 10 l/min.

(ü) 6.25A.16What is the PEEP? ___cmH2O (_3)

6.25A.17Adjust the O2 flow to 500 ml/min.

Rev. J 6-49
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

(ü) 6.25A.18Does the ventilator deliver the full tidal volume during 5 consecutive
cycles? ___(Y)

6.25A.19Set the ventilator frequency to 20 BPM, and the I:E ratio to 1:1.

6.25A.20Adjust the O2 flow to 3 l/min.

(ü) 6.25A.21What is the tidal volume on the test volumeter? ___ml (>250)

6.25A.22Remove the ventilator hose from the ventilator hose terminal.

6.25A.23Attach a test terminal to the bellows assembly ventilator hose


terminal.

6.25A.24Connect a flowmeter test stand (P/N S000081) to the test terminal.

6.25A.25Set the frequency to 1 BPM.

6.25A.26Set the I:E RATIO to 1:1.

(ü) 6.25A.27What is the flow indicated during the inspiratory phase? ___(<50 ml)

6.25A.28Remove the test terminal and flowmeter test stand.

6.25A.29Return all controls to their original position.

6-50 Rev. J
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.25B BELLOWS: PEDIATRIC INTERNAL - if applicable

6.25B.1 Set the ventilator frequency to 10 BPM.

6.25B.2 Set the I:E Ration to 1:2.

6.25B.3 Turn the ventilator ON.

6.25B.4 Adjust the Inspiratory Flow control on the ventilator to Medium.

6.25B.5 Set the O2 to 3 l/min.

6.25B.6 Occlude the 15mm patient side of the Y-piece and fill the bellows by
pressing the O2 Flush button.

6.25B.7 Observe the absorber breathing pressure gauge as the ventilator


cycles.

6.25B.8 What is the pressure when the bellows completes its downward
travel? ___cmH2O >30

6.25B.9 What is the pressure when the bellows completes its upward travel?
___cmH2O _3

6.25B.10Install a 3 L breathing bag onto the patient circuit Y-piece.

6.25B.11 Fill the bellows by pressing the O2 Flush button.

6.25B.12Adjust the O2 flow to 10 l/min.

(ü) 6.25B.13What is the PEEP? ___cmH2O (_3)

6.25B.14Adjust the O2 flow to 500 ml/min.

6.25B.15Adjust the inspiratory flow control until the bellows collapses


entirely.

(ü) 6.25B.16Does the ventilator deliver the full tidal volume during 5 consecutive
cycles? ___(Y)

6.25B.17Set the ventilator frequency to 20 BPM, and the I:E ratio to 1:1.

6.25B.18Adjust the O2 flow to 5 l/min.

6.25B.19Adjust the inspiratory flow control until the bellows collapses to the
100 ml mark on the pediatric bellows assembly.

Rev. J 6-51
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

(ü) 6.25B.20What is the tidal volume on the test volumeter? ___ml (65-135)

6.25B.21Adjust the inspiratory flow control until the bellows collapses


entirely.

(ü) 6.25B.22What is the tidal volume on the test volumeter? ___ml (>240)

6.25B.23Close the O2 flow control valve.

6.25B.24Remove the ventilator hose from the ventilator hose terminal.

6.25B.25Attach a test terminal to the bellows assembly ventilator hose


terminal.

6.25B.26Connect a flowmeter test stand (P/N S000081) to the test terminal.

6.25B.27Set the frequency to 1 BPM.

6.25B.28Set the I:E RATIO to 1:1.

(ü) 6.25B.29What is the flow indicated during the inspiratory phase? ___(<50 ml)

6.25B.30Remove the test terminal and flowmeter test stand.

6.25B.31Return all controls to their original position.

6-52 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.26 TRACE

(ü) 6.26.1 Verify that the display correctly tracks the Breathing Pressure and
Volume waveform.

6.26.2 Turn the ventilator OFF.

6.27 PRESSURE LIMIT CONTROLLER

6.27.1 Turn the ventilator ON.

6.27.2 Set the Inspiratory Flow to the bottom of the low range.

6.27.3 Set the oxygen flow rate to 4 l/min.

6.27.4 Set the Pressure Limit Control to the MAX position.

6.27.5 Occlude the Y-piece with your thumb.

(ü) 6.27.6 Slowly increase the Inspiratory Flow setting until a peak pressure of
80 cm H2O is achieved.

6.27.7 Set the Pressure Limit Control to 30.

(ü) 6.27.8 What is the peak pressure? ___ cm H2O (27-33)

6.27.9 Set the Pressure Limit Control to the Min position.

(ü) 6.27.10 What is the peak pressure? ___ cm H2O (9-15)

6.27.11 Remove your thumb from the Y-piece.

6.27.12 Set the Inspiratory Flow to the maximum of the LOW zone.

6.27.13 Close the oxygen flow control valve.

6.27.14 Turn the ventilator OFF.

Rev. D 6-53
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.28 This section intentionally left blank

(ü) 6.29 AUDIO SILENCE

6.29.1 Turn the System Power switch to STANDBY, then turn it ON.

6.29.2 Verify the 120-sec. delay at power-up.

6.29.3 Create any warning alarm.

6.29.4 Press the Silence Alarms key (labeled with a crossed-out speaker).

6.29.5 Does the LED on the Silence Alarms key light? Is the audio alarm
silenced for 120 sec.?

6-54 Rev. E
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS PMS PROCEDURE (continued)

6.30 OXYGEN FLUSH VALVE

6.30.1 Press and release the O2FLUSH button.

6.30.2 Does the flow of oxygen stop immediately? __ (Y)

6.30.3 Close the APL valve.

6.30.4 Connect a 12-inch hose to the inspiratory valve.

6.30.5 Set the Man/Auto selector to BAG.

6.30.6 Occlude the bag mount.

6.30.7 Insert the sensor from a calibrated O2 Med into the valve dome adapter
on the inspiratory valve.

6.30.8 Close all flow control valves.

6.30.9 Press the O2FLUSH button.

(ü) 6.30.10 What is the O2 concentration after the value stabilizes?___%O2 (97-
100)

6.30.11 Remove the O2 Med sensor and install the plug.

6.30.12 Remove the test minute volumeter (P/N 2212300) from the absorber
and connect it to the common gas outlet, using Fresh Gas Outlet
Volume Test Device (P/N S010158).

6.30.13 Press and hold the O2 FLUSH button for 15 seconds; multiply the
value by 4.

(ü) 6.30.14 What is the oxygen flush flow rate? ___l/min. (45-65)

6.30.15 Remove the test minute volumeter and test fixture, and reconnect the
fresh gas hose.

6.30.16 Turn the System Power switch to ON.

Rev. E 6-55
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
PMS PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

6.31 FINAL TESTS

(ü) 6.31.1 Operator's Instruction Manual

6.31.1.1 Verify that the availability/location of the machine's Operator's


Instruction Manual is in close proximity of the machine.

(ü) 6.31.2 Lamp Test

6.31.2.1 Verify that the table lamp is working properly.

(ü) 6.31.3 Final Check

6.31.3.1 Verify that all cylinder pressure gauges indicate zero.

6.31.3.2 Verify that the pipeline hoses are connected to the hospital
pipeline.

6.31.3.3 Verify that the APL valve knob is turned completely counter-
clockwise (fully open).

6.31.3.4 Place the Auto/Man selector in the BAG position.

6.31.3.5 Verify that the O2Med sensor is removed from the valve dome
adapter.

6.31.3.6 Verify that the valve dome is plugged.

6.31.3.7 Verify that the machine is plugged into a live outlet.

6.31.3.8 Return all machine controls and settings to their original state.

6-56 Rev. D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SOFTWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE

7.0 SOFTWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE

This section outlines the software installation procedure, including the equipment
needed and its connections.

Software updates to the Narkomed GS anesthesia system are done through a serial
port connection to an external PC using the batch file LOADGS.BAT.

7.1 SOFTWARE TRANSFER TO PC VIA MODEM

Equipment required:
--Interface Cable, NAD Part No. 4109882 P (9-pin to 25-
or 4110328 A (9-pin to 9-pin)
--IBM® PC or IBM PC Compatible configured with:

•PC-DOS or MS-DOS V3.3 or higher


•RS-232C Serial Port connected to COM 1
•Hard Drive or Floppy Drive
•Modem (or external modem)

7.1.1 Download the software to the hard disk or use Drive A (floppy drive) on
the PC.

7.2 INSTALLING NMGS SOFTWARE FROM A PC

7.2.1 Set the System Power switch on the NARKOMED GS to STANDBY, and
the power switch on the PC to OFF.

7.2.2 Connect the appropriate interface cable (9-pin or 25-pin) to COM 1 on


the PC, and connect the other end of the cable to the NMGS serial inter-
face Port as shown in Figure 7-1.

7.2.3 Power up the PC and wait for the DOS prompt to appear on the screen.

7.2.4 Set the PC to read the drive holding the software. For example: if the
software was downloaded to drive A, type A: and press ENTER.

7-1
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SOFTWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE (continued) NMGS

REAR VIEW OF NARKOMED GS

SERIAL INTERFACE
PORT

SV00153

FIGURE 7-1. Narkomed GS Serial Port Location

7.2.5 Type LOADNMGS and press ENTER.

7.2.6 Turn the System Power switch to ON.

7.2.7 As the software is downloading, the incremental number of bytes sent


will be displayed on the PC screen. When the download is complete, the
PC screen will display

\ Bytes sent: 0 Images sent: 1

Software installation is complete when the machine resets.

7.2.8 Set the System Power switch on the NMGS to STANDBY, and the power
switch on the PC to OFF. Disconnect the interface cable.

7-2
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS

8.0 Spare and Replacement Parts

Part numbers for field-replaceable items on the Narkomed GS anesthesia system are listed
on the following pages, along with part numbers for related hardware and cables.

The item numbers are keyed to the accompanying illustrations to aid in identifying the item
and its location.

ASSEMBLY/PART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE

Processor Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2, 8-3


AV-2+ Ventilator Controller Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4, 8-5
Valve Case and Guide Assembly, Pressure Limit Control, Bellows Assembly . . . . . . . 8-6, 8-7
Bellows Valve Assembly details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8, 8-9
Display Panel and Keypad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10, 8-11
Lamp and Switch Assembly; Vaporizer Mounting & Interlock Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12, 8-13
Pipeline Inlet Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14, 8-15
Failsafe Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16, 8-17
ORC Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18, 8-19
Alarm Channel Assembly and related cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20, 8-21
Flowmeter Shields, Knobs, Labels, Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22, 8-23
Flow Tubes, Restrictor Assemblies, Flow Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24, 8-25
Auxiliary O2 Flowmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26, 8-27
Cyl. Regulator Assemblies, O2 Flush Valve and related parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28, 8-29
CSA Items: Relief Valve, Cylinder Cutoff Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30, 8-31
Yokes, Common Parts, Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32, 8-33
Power Cord, Casters, Absorber Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34, 8-35
Power Supply, Battery, Circuit Breakers (early design machines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36, 8-37
Power Supply, Battery in display box (early design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37A, 8-37B
Power Supply, Battery in display box (later design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37C, 8-37D
Absorber Assembly, Breathing Pressure Hoses, Oxygen Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38, 8-39
Ultrasonic Flow Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39A, 8-39B
Man/Auto Selector Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40, 8-41
Open Reservoir Scavenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42, 8-43
A/C Scavenger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44, 8-45
Vapor Mounting and Excl. System (Euro), Touch-up paint: Euro white, Euro Blue 8-46, 8-47

Rev. P 8-1
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

4
2

3B 3A

3C

8 7
5

SV00118
1

8-2 Rev. L
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

1. Processor Assembly (Ventilation Monitor Asm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SE4113780, 4113780


(part of Vent/Bellows Asm 4113777)
2. Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106335
3. Speaker Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112169-001
3A Volume Interface Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113910
3B O2 Interface Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113909
3C Hose, 0.13 ID, 8 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ML08007
Fitting, 0.13 hose x c MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102963
Nut, Panel 9/16 - 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4108156
Quick-disconnect Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4108155
4. Serial Port Connector and Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113760

The next two items are listed for reference only, and are not to be removed from the
processor assembly in the field.
5. PCB Asm, Common Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113595
6. PCB Asm, Personality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113549

7. Screw, 6-32 x d in. btn hd (3x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09000


8. Lock Washer, #6 int-t (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67015

9. Vent Monitor Assembly (w/later design processor PCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114855


The following item is listed for reference only, and is not to be removed from the
assembly.
10. PCB Asm, Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114964

Rev. L 8-3
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

14

13

16

LATER
DESIGN

SV00119

8-4 Rev. H
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

9 AV2+ Ventilator Controller Assembly (Bezel Assembly) . . . . . . . NAD color 4113132-001


Euro color 4113132-005

13 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112251
14 On-off switch & wire harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113136
16 Knob (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113281
Knob Cover (3x) (all except ON-OFF switch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113278-002
Knob Cover (ON-OFF switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113278-001

(Not shown)Cable Assembly, Man/Auto Sensor Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113908

Rev. A 8-5
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

29 31

27

28

32
30

33
18

25
24
26

20

21

37 23
17

18 22
19

20
35 21

34
36
39

40
38

SV00112

8-6
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

17 Screw, 6-32 x d in. Btn Hd Skt (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09000


18 Collet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112167
19 Knob, PLC Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113279
20 Flat Washer, #10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW66003
21 Hex Nut, M5 x 0.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112066
22 Knob Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113278-002
23 Knob Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113278-002
24 Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113280
25 Front Plate, Bellows Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112230
26 Panel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4107460
27 Spring Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4107546
28 Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110975
29 Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112175
30 Set Screw, 6-32 x 3/16 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW07002
31 Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4107544
32 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112467
33 Set Screw, 6-32 x ¼ in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW04003
34 Screw, ¼-20 x 1 in. Btn Hd Skt (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09057
35 Lock Washer, ¼ int-t (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67017

36 Canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106948
Tidal Volume Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4108276
Bellows Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110735

37 Bellows Valve Assembly (Parts Breakdown listed on a subsequent page). . . . . .4112272

38 Bellows Assembly, Adult . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106935


Tested Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4106935-S01
39 Bellows Sub-assembly, Adult . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106930
Urethane (Non-Latex) Bellows Sub-assembly, Adult . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106930-001
O-ring #217 (neoprene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4101817
40 Relief Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4108050
Diaphragm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110960

Rev. C 8-7
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

37D

37C

37F

37E

37D

37C

37N

37M
SV00103

37L

8-8
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

37 (Ref) Bellows Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112272


37C Press-on Hose Clamp (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4104161
37D Label, O2 Tubing (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109871
37E Hose, 0.075 I.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ML08003
37F Restrictor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4107639
37L Bellows Top Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110735
37M Volume Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4108276
37N Set Screw, 6-32 x ¼ in. cup point (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW04003

8-9
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

41

52
53

51

50
49

42
43
44

45

SV00127
46 47 48

8-10
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

41 Bezel Assembly, 2-vapor machine. . . . NAD color 4113831-001; Euro color 4113831-003
Bezel Assembly, 3-vapor machine. . . . NAD color 4113831-002; Euro color 4113831-004
42 Bezel, 2-vapor machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113741-001
Bezel, 3-vapor machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113741-002
43 Keypad (switch panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113715
44 Display Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113755
45 Bezel Plate, 2-vapor machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113742-001
Bezel Plate, 3-vapor machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113742-002
46 Lock Washer, #4 int-t (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67011
47 Screw, 4-40 x 5/16 in. btn hd (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09014
48 Display Panel Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113726
49 Screw, 4-40 x 5/16 in. btn hd (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09014
50 Lock Washer, #4 int-t (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67011
51 Hex Nut, 4-40 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW50002
52 Lock Washer, #4 int-t (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67011
53 Spacer (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113200-001

Keypad Cable, 30-cond. ribbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113763


Display Panel Cable, 20-cond. ribbon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113762-001

Rev. A 8-11
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

54

57

55
56

58

71
72
70
69

68
59

60 67
61

SV00116 66
62
65

63
64

8-12
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

54 ref Display Assembly, 3-vapor. . . . . . . .NAD color 4113787-001; euro color 4113787-005
Display Assembly, 2-vapor . . . . . . . . . .NAD color 4113787-002; euro color 4113787-006

55 Lamp and Switch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113785


Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114114
56 Screw, 6-32 x 5/16 in. btn hd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09022
57 Lock Washer, #6 int-t. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67015

58 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113734
*New Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114721
59 Cover, Vapor Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112699
60 Vaporizer Mounting Screws, M4-0.7 x 1 3/16 cap skt hd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01072
61 Plunger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113747
*New Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114722
62 Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110975-028
*New Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110975-029
63 Rear Plunger Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113754
64 Screw, 6-32 x 7/16 in. pan hd sltd, nylon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW02045
65 Bearing, Nylon (2x per shaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113736
66 Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113733
67 Retaining Ring (2x per shaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113850-001
68 Cable Assembly, 3-vapor machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113766-002
Cable Assembly, 2-vapor machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113766-001
69 Screw, 4-40 x e in. cap skt hd (2x per switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01004
70 Lock Washer, #4 int-t (2x per switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67011
71 Flat Washer, #4 (2x per switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW66001
72 Microswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113735

* Used with enhanced exclusion system

Rev. E 8-13
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

73

85
74

75

DISS BODY
PIPELINE
FITTINGS

76

77 80

79

78

NIST BODY
82
PIPELINE
FITTINGS

81
DISS NUT
PIPELINE
FITTINGS
SV00113

84
83

8-14
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

DISS Body Pipeline Fittings:


73 O2 DISS Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102563
74 Air DISS Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102886
75 N2O DISS Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111384

NIST Body Pipeline Fittings:


76 O2 Male NIST Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110388
77 Air Male NIST Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110386
78 N2O Male NIST Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111382

DISS Nut Pipeline Fittings:


79 O2 DISS Nipple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103877
80 O2 DISS Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102848
81 Air DISS Nipple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111385
82 Air DISS Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103120
83 N2O DISS Nipple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111383
84 N2O DISS Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102850

85 Pipeline Inlet Filter Asm (Typ., All Inlets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106198


Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102532
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106897

O-ring for N2O DISS Nipple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113494

Pipeline Inlet Housing (old no.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113363


Pipeline Inlet Housing (new part w/o recess for label) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113974

8-15 Rev. A
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

N2O FAILSAFE AIR OR THIRD GAS


ASSEMBLY FAILSAFE ASSEMBLY

86

90
89
89 93
93

87 91

88 92

SV00114
89
94

8-16
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

N2O Failsafe Assembly:


86 Failsafe Block Asembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112043
87 Nipple, c NPT x ¾ in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102784
88 Check Valve, MJCV-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105815
89 Straight Fitting, ¼Tube x c MPT (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109408

Air or 3rd Gas Failsafe Assembly:


90 Failsafe Block Asembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112043
91 Nipple, c NPT x ¾ in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102784
92 Check Valve, MJCV-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105815
93 Straight Fitting, ¼Tube x c MPT (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109408
94 Elbow Fitting, ¼Tube x c MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109410

8-17
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

REAR VIEW OF FLOWMETER HOUSING


WITH REAR COVER REMOVED

101

95

96

97

99
98
100

SV00100

8-18
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

95 ORC Assembly (low flow design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113329-001


96 O-ring, #105 (Neoprene) (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111893
97 Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111805
98 O-ring, 0.066 x 0.042 (Buna-n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111894

99 Screw, 8-32 x 1½ in. skt hd (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01020


100 Lock Washer, #8 split (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW65001

101 Hose Clamp, Press-on (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4104161

8-19 Rev. A
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

REAR VIEW SIDE VIEW

110

112

J1
J2
104

J3
105

111 J4
106
102

103

SV00125

8-20
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

102 Alarm Channel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAD color SE10029; Euro color SE10029-001
103 Oxygen Supply Pressure Alarm Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106037
104 Wire Harness, Alarm Switch & J3 to Ventilator Controller J2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112185
105 Housing, Push Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106046
106 Cap, Push Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106047

110 Wire Harness, Flowmeter Lights to Alarm Channel J2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4108594

111 Cable Assembly, Power Supply J2 to Alarm Channel J4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112149-001

112 Cable Assembly, Alarm Channel J1 to Processor J105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113081-003

8-21 Rev. A
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

System Power

122
122

119
117
118

116
N O O

2
2

PIPELINE PIPELINE
120
During Operation

120
CYLINDER N2O CYLINDER O2 121

121

SV00115
113 114 115

8-22
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

113 Shield, Flowmeter, 2 Gas N2O/O2, Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111824-001


Shield, Flowmeter, 2 Gas N2O/O2, Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111824-002
Shield, Flowmeter, 2 Gas, Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111825
Shield, Flowmeter, 3 Gas Air, Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111830-001
Shield, Flowmeter, 3 Gas O2-He, Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111831
Shield, Flowmeter, 3 Gas Air, Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111830-002
Shield, Flowmeter, 3 Gas, Export, 6 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111826
Shield, Flowmeter, 3 Gas, Export, 5 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111827
Shield, Flowmeter, 4 Gas, Air/CO2, Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111829-003
Shield, Flowmeter, 4 Gas, Air/O2-He, Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111829-001
Shield, Flowmeter, 4 Gas, Air/O2-He, Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111829-002
Shield, Flowmeter, 4 Gas, Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111828

114 Knob Guard, 2 Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110621


Knob Guard, 3 Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110574
115 Screw, 6-32 x 7/16 btn hd (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09017

116 Knob, O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103156


117 Label, O2 Flow Control Knob, Green (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103178
White (UK, Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105981
Blue (Germany) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111266-002

118 Knob, Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103736


119 Label, N2O Flow Control Knob, Blue (USA, UK, Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103904
Gray (Germany) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111266-004

Label, Air Flow Control Knob,Yellow (USA, Germany) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103905


Black/White (UK, Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105982
Label, CO2 Flow Control Knob, Gray (USA,UK, Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103908
Black (Germany). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111266-006
Label, O2-He Flow Control Knob,Green/Brown (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110951
White/Brown (Canada). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110952

120 Gauge, 100 psi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110575-001


Gauge, 7.0 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110575-003
121 Gauge, 3000 psi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110575-002
Gauge,200 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110575-004

122 Flowmeter Light Circuit Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4107370

8-23
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

140 139 141 142 138

129 130
137
131
128

135 127
125

126 124

123
137

133
132

134 131

136

SV00121

8-24
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

123 Flow Tube, O2, 1-10 l/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112560-001


Flow Tube, O2, 0.6-10 l/min (Low Flow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112568-001
124 Flow Tube, O2, 100-1000 ml/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112559-001
Flow Tube, O2, 20-500 ml/min (Low Flow). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112567-001
125 Flow Tube, N2O, 1-10 l/min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112562-001
Flow Tube, N2O, 0.6-10 l/min (Low Flow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112564-001
126 Flow Tube, N2O, 100-1000 ml/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112561-001
Flow Tube, N2O, 20-500 ml/min (Low Flow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112563-001
127 Flow Tube, Air, 1-10 l/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112566-001
128 Flow Tube, Air, 100-1000 ml/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112565-001

129 Flow Tube, Air, 0.2-10 l/min (4-gas machines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112558-001


130 Flow Tube, CO2, 0.05-1.0 l/min (4-gas machines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112557-001
Flow Tube, O2-He, 2-10 l/min (4-gas machines). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112569-001

131 O2 Restrictor Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103440


132 O2 Restrictor, Red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110738-003
133 N2O Restrictor Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111716
134 N2O Restrictor, Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110738-005
135 Restrictor, Yellow (CO2 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110738-006
136 O-ring, #010, Neoprene (one per each restrictor housing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4101872
137 Gasket, Large, 2x per Flow Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102724

Parts common to all flow control valves:


138 Stop Pin Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103382
139 O-ring, #018, Neoprene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102336
140 O-ring, #112, Neoprene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102141
141 Insert, Flow Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111819
142 Valve, Flow Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103352
New part number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115871

Rev. P 8-25
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

143 AUXILIARY O2 FLOW METER, NEW STYLE 151

152

153
150

154

155

149
156
147
144 157
148
145
158
SV00110 146

161 160 159

8-26
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

143 Auxiliary O2 Flow Meter Assembly, new style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109310


144 Set Screw, cup point, 6-32 x ¼ in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW04003
145 Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111442
146 Screw, 6-32 x ¼ in., btn hd (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09004
147 Set Screw, cup point, 10-32 x f (2x) (used as mtg stud) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW04011
148 Label, AUXILIARY OXYGEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109381
149 Label, e w/dot and green & white rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109373
150 Flowmeter (incl. tube & valve). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111460
151 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111053
152 Ell, c hose x c MPT (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111445
153 Screw, 10-32 x 1 1/16 in. btn hd (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09043
154 Hose, 0.13 in. I.D., 4.63 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ML08007
155 Ell, 1/16 hose x 8-32M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110173
156 Press-on hose clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4104161
157 Hose, 0.075 in. I.D., 7 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ML08003
158 Press-on hose clamp (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111495
Label, O2 tubing (2x) (not shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109871
159 Lock washer, e int-t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111444
160 Panel nut, e-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111443
161 Bulkhead & hose barb asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111440

8-27
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

173
172
SV00122
171
170
169 171

N2O
168 REGULATOR
ASSEMBLY

167

166 165

163
164

179 180
165

181 O2 REGULATOR
162
ASSEMBLY

182
174
178

183 175

187

176 177
O2 FLUSH VALVE
ASSEMBLY 184
186 185 AIR OR 3RD GAS
REGULATOR ASSEMBLY

8-28
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

O2 Regulator Assembly:
162 Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103590
163 Elbow Fitting, ¼ Tube x ¼ MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109401
164 Straight Fitting, ¼ MPT x c FPT (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102906
165 Elbow Fitting, 3/16 Tube x c MPT (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109409
166 Elbow Fitting, _ MPT x c FPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103513
167 Tee Fitting, 3/16 Tube x 3/16 Tube x c MPT [Replaces previous two items
if machine has an additional O2 yoke] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109404

N2O Regulator Assembly:


168 Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103591
169 Elbow Fitting, ¼ Tube x ¼ MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109401
170 Straight Fitting, ¼ MPT x c FPT (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102906
171 Elbow Fitting, 3/16 Tube x c MPT (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109409
172 Elbow Fitting, _ MPT x c FPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103513
173 Tee Fitting, 3/16 Tube x 3/16 Tube x c MPT [Replaces previous two items
if machine has an additional N2O yoke] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109404

Air or 3rd Gas Regulator Assembly


174 Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103590
175 Elbow Fitting, ¼ Tube x ¼ MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109401
176 Straight Fitting, ¼ MPT x c FPT (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102906
177 Elbow Fitting, 3/16 Tube x c MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109409
178 Straight Fitting, 3/16 Tube x c MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109415

O2 Flush Valve and Related Parts:


179 Valve, Clippard, 2 way. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103340
180 Straight Fitting, ¼ Tube x c MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109408
181 Elbow Fitting, ¼ Tube x c MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109410
182 Restrictor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4101867
183 Spacer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110792-006
184 Button, O2 FLUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103249
185 Label, e Dot, O2,Green (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103178
White (UK, Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105981
Blue (Germany) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111266-002
186 Set Screw, 3-48 x 3/16 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW04020
187 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110792-021

See next page for CSA items.

8-29
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

CSA SV00123

188 188

188
188

188

197
198
203 194
201 195
189

190
200
193
192
199
202
196
191
O2 CYLINDER AIR OR 3RD GAS N2O CYLINDER
CUTOFF VALVE CYLINDER CUTOFF VALVE
ASSEMBLY CUTOFF VALVE ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY

8-30
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

CSA Items:

188 Relief Valve, 70 psi (Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110364

O2 Cylinder Cutoff Valve Assembly (Canada)


189 Pilot Actuator, Modified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106498
190 Clippard Valve, MJVO-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106218
191 Tee Fitting, ¼ Tube x ¼ Tube x c MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109406
192 Elbow Fitting, ¼ Tube x c MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109410

N2O Cylinder Cutoff Valve Assembly (Canada)


193 Pilot Actuator, Modified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106498
194 Clippard Valve, MJVO-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106218
195 Tee Fitting, ¼ Tube x c MPT x ¼ Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109407
196 Plug, ¼ Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103072
197 Elbow Fitting, c MPT x c FPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103513
198 Elbow Fitting, ¼ Tube x c MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109410

Air or 3rd Gas Cylinder Cutoff Valve Assembly (Canada)


199 Pilot Actuator, Modified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106498
200 Clippard Valve, MJVO-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106218
201 Tee Fitting, ¼ Tube x c MPT x ¼ Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109407
202 Plug, ¼ Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103072
203 Straight Fitting, ¼ Tube x c MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109408

8-31
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

CUT-AWAY OF YOKES SHOWING 209


INDEX PIN POSITION FOR EACH GAS

204 O2
210

211

215
INDEX PINS

205 N2O
216

212

206 213
AIR

214

207
O2-He

208
CO2
SV00124

8-32
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

204 Yoke, O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101620


205 Yoke, N2O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101621
206 Yoke, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101625
207 Yoke, O2-He . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110957
208 Yoke, CO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101624

Parts Common to All Yokes:


209 Nut, 3/16 Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4104716
210 Check Valve Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111792
211 Screw, 10-32 x d in. rd hd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW06006
212 Chain Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112495-003
213 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101655
Plug assembly includes Items 212, 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112755-001
214 Plastic T-handle & bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113536
215 Screw (Index Pin) (2x per yoke) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105929

216 Yoke Labels:


Label, O2,Green (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101768
White (UK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103890
Blue (Germany) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111266-001
Label, N2O,Blue (USA, UK, Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101619
Gray (Germany) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111266-003
Label, Air,Yellow (USA, Germany) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102742
Black/White (UK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103826
Label, O2-He, Green/Brown (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110950
White/Brown (Canada). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110942
Label, CO2, Gray (USA, UK). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101639
Black (Germany). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111266-005

8-33
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

227

SV00102

221

224 225 226

223

222

8-34
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

221 AC Power Cord Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109600


AC Power Cord Assembly (Export). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110625

222 Caster W/Brake (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111849


223 Caster W/O Brake (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4111850
224 Setscrew, Caster (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW04017
225 Hole Plug, (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102729

226 Absorber Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101724


Later design without hose connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114650
227 Wing Screw, d-16 x 1 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1100078

Rev. J 8-35
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

228

239
242 244

243
245

241
229

240

238

237

236

230 235

234

231 233
232
SV00132

8-36
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

228 Power Supply Assembly, 110V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113820-001


Power Supply Assembly, 220V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113820-002
229 Power Supply PCB Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SE4113579, 4113579
230 Primary Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SE4113646, 4113646
231 Power Supply Input Wire Harness4113767
Pwr. Supply Mounting Hardware:
Screw, 6-32 x ¼ in. btn hd (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09004
Lock Washer, #6 int-t (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67015
Kep Nut, 8-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW55001
232 Wire Harness, Primary Power Supply to PCB Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113764-001
233 Battery Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113761-001
234 Battery, 12V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106093
Battery Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110255
235 Power Entry, Outside Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109577
Mains Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112003
236 Circuit Breaker, Mains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110537-002
237 Circuit Breaker, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110923-005
238 Circuit Breaker, Convenience Outlets (not on 220V version) . . . . . . . . . . . 4110537-008
239 Output Wire Harness (to J14 on Processor). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113759
240 Lamp Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113833
241 Filter, Convenience Outlets (not on 220V version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112450
242 Screw, 6-32 x d in. btn hd (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09000
243 Lock Washer, #6 int-t (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67015
244 Duplex Outlet (2x) (not on 220V version). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112574-001
245 Cable Asm, 14-cond. ribbon (to J4 on Alarm Channel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112149-001

Rev. E 8-37
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

power supply located in display box (early design)

245
D

245
L 245
M 245
N
245
K

245
J

245
245 E
C

245
P

245
Q

245
R
245 245 245
H G F

245
B2

245 245 245


A B B1

SV00111

-001 -002 -003

8-37A Rev. P
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

245A Receptacle Cover Assembly, Domestic * (duplex outlets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4114827-001


245B Receptacle Cover Assembly, Export (no outlets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4114827-002
245B1Receptacle Cover Assembly, Export (CEE7 outlets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4114827-003
245B2 Receptacle, CEE7 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114986
245C Power Supply Input Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114518
245D Cable Assembly (power supply to processor & lamp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114519

245E Power Supply Assembly** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114793


245F Base Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114508
245G Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114523
245H Screw, 6-32 x 7/16 in. btn hd skt (8x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09017
Lock Washer, #6 split (8x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW65001
245J Ground Wire Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112301-026
245K Power Supply PCB Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113579
245L Battery Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113761-001
245M Screw, 8-32 x 3/8 in. cap skt hd (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01012
Lock Washer, #8 split (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW65011
245N Battery Retainer Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114515
245P Battery, 12 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106093
Battery Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110255
245Q Circuit Breaker, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110923-005
245R Lamp Assembly, incl. connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113833

* Receptacles, Circuit Breakers, Mains Filter, and Power Entry Module have same part
numbers as their corresponding parts in an earlier design arrangement listed on a
previous page.

**See next two pages for later design power supply.

Rev. P 8-37B
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

power supply located in display box (later design)

8
7
5 6 4

BLK
RED

1
3

RED
RED
10

11
SV00436

12
2 GRN/YEL

13
16 14 15

8-37C Rev. P
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

1 Power Supply Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114793


2 Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115593
3 Battery, 12 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106093
Battery Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4110255
4 Battery bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114515
5 Power Supply, Condor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115264
6 Screw, 6-32 x 5/16 in. btn hd skt (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09022
7 Lock Washer, #6 split (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW65001
8 Screw, 8-32 x 3/8 in. cap skt hd (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01012
9 Lock Washer, #8 split (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW65011
10 Battery Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113761-001
11 Circuit Breaker, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110923-005
12 Lamp assembly, 18 V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115617
13 Kep nut, 6-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW55003
14 Lock washer, #6 ext-t. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW68000
15 Ground wire assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112301-033
16 Foam cushion (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109748

Receptacles, Circuit Breakers, Mains Filter, and Power Entry Module have same part
numbers as their corresponding parts in an earlier design arrangement listed on a
previous page.

Rev. P 8-37D
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

252 247 SV00101

248
251 253 246
249
254
250
256
255
273
257

275

256

CA UTION:

258

277
259
REF

260
276
261
274
262

272
263

271
264

265 270

269
266 267 268

8-38
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Absorber Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109430


Absorber Assembly with PEEP and bypass valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109431

246 Inspiratory Valve Assembly w/O2 sensor mount (old number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4107649
Inspiratory Valve Assembly w/O2 sensor mount (new number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112773-001
247 Plug Assembly, Oxygen Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106387
248 Dome & Label, Insp. Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4108329
249 Valve Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112151
250 Label, Inspiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100559
251 Expiratory Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112150
252 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109230
253 Gasket, Valve Dome (Both Valves) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109231
254 Disk (Both Valves) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2123249
255 Label, Expiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100565
256 Gasket, Valve Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101690
257 Spiromed Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106362
258 Gasket, Canister Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105848
259 Screen, Canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100022
260 Canister Assembly (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105851
261 Rod, Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101356
262 Clip, E-Ring (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100097
263 Spring (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110975-010
264 Bottom Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112932
Gasket, absorber bottom (not shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101001
265 Nut, d-16 SS (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW50010
266 Cam Bar (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101018
267 Cam Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101015
268 Dowel Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101017
269 Hose Assembly, Fresh Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4108577
270 Dust Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106874
271 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102940
272 Rod, Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101355
273 Quick Disconnect Fitting (Breathing Pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4108139
274 PEEP Bypass and Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111527
275 Gauge Assembly, Breathing Pressure (Incl Mtg Ring and O-Ring) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105853
Later design gauge assembly with additional scale in hPa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115275
Replacement Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113387
Replacement Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113388
276 O-Ring, #117, Silicone (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105766

Breathing press hose asm (quick disc. ftg on each end). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109368
Breathing press hose asm (quick disc. ftg one end, Luer fitting other end) . . . . . . . . . . . 4108528

O2 Sensor: Complete Assembly, including capsule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110374


Sensor Capsule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6850645
(old number: 6803290)
Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106363
Adapter (cover) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106385
O-ring, #025 (viton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105791
O-ring, #016 (viton) (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106388

Rev. M 8-39
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

2
SV00365

5
1

8-39A Rev. K
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

1 Ultrasonic Flow Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115754


Service Exchange part number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115777

2 Electronics Housing (ref. only, not a spare part) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114443


3 Flow Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114444
4 Transducer - set of two, incl. O-rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114445
5 O-ring, set of six . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115147

6 Connector Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4114912

Rev. L 8-39B
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

SV00107
278

283

279 287
288
284
286

285

289
290
ABSORBER
277 ASSEMBLY
FLANGE

291 282 281


297 280

292

296

293

295
294

298

8-40 Rev. A
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

277 Valve, Man/Auto Selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112217-001


278 APL Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4104839
279 Fiber Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Supplied with APL Valve)
280 Screw, Selector Valve Mounting, 8-32 x 7/16 in. Skt Hd Cap (3x) . . . . . . . . . HW01013
281 Lock Washer, Selector Valve Mounting, #8 int-t (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67000
282 O-Ring, #117 (silicone). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105766
283 Label, "Scavenger Hose" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4104806
284 Screw, 5/16-18 x 3¾ in. Rd Hd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW06023
285 Spacer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110792-070
286 Screw, 8-32 x 7/16 in. Skt Hd Cap (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01013
287 Lock Washer, #8 split (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW65011
288 Connector Assembly, 22mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106744
289 Label, "Ventilator Hose" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1100563
290 O-Ring, #117 Silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105766
291 Spacer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110792-071
292 O-Ring, #120 EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112629-001
293 Nut, 5/16-18 Hexseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112613-001
294 Hole Plug, 3/16 in. dia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111663-001
295 Bag Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102894
296 Label, "Breathing Bag" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1100561
297 Bag Mount Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112622-001

298 Man/Auto Sensor Cord Asm. (for AV-2+ ventilator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4113126

Rev. E 8-41
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

337 335
A
NAD COLOR
MOUNTING
ARRANGEMENT
326 327

336

335 328

335
337
329
336 EURO COLOR
MOUNTING
ARRANGEMENT
330
337
A
331

332
300 301 302 303 304

325 333

324 323 322


334
315 316
314
317
305 313 318

306 312

311

310
307 319

309

320
308 321
SV00104

8-42 Rev. C
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Open Reservoir Scavenger Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAD color 4107624; Euro color 4107624-003
300 Elbow, c M x ¼ in. hose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106881
301 Cap, Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110045
302 Body, DISS VAC x ¼ MPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103669
303 Nut, DISS VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103122
304 Hose Barb Nipple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103123
305 19 mm Connector (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109315
306 Screw, ¼-20 x d in. skt hd (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01033
307 Reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAD color 4110982; Euro color 4110982-001
308 Label, CAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAD color 4104294; Euro color 4104294-001
309 Reservoir Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAD color 4110979; Euro color 4110979-001
310 O-ring #112 (neoprene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102141
311 Chain, 8¼ lg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112495-005
312 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102140
313 O-ring #008 (neoprene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102022
314 Label, ACTIVATE HOSP VAC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAD color 4109305; Euro color 4109305-001
315 Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110997
316 Nut, Valve Stem Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109316
317 Lock Nut, d-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112137
318 Wing Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105699
319 Spindle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112138
320 Label, SCAVENGER HOSE (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4104806
321 Screw, 10-32 x ¾ in. skt hd (4x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01028
322 O-ring #019 (neoprene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106458
323 O-ring #015 (neoprene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4104602
324 O-ring #019 (neoprene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106458
325 O-ring #013 (neoprene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102234
326 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAD color 4111002; Euro color 4111002-001
327 O-ring, #008 (neoprene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102022
328 Flowmeter Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110980
329 O-ring, #012 (neoprene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101523
330 Flowmeter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112289
331 Screw, 6-32 x d in. flat hd (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW05006
332 Silencer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110999
333 Reservoir Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111000
334 Screw, 10-32 x d in. btn hd (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW09005

NAD Color Mounting Arrangement:


335 Bracket Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106231
335A Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4109314
336 Screw, ¼-20 x ½ in. skt hd (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01034
Lock Washer, ¼ int-t (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67005
337 Mounting Hardware: Screw, 10-32 x ½ in. skt hd (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01025
Lock Washer, #10 split (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW65003
Flat Washer, #10 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW66003

Euro Color Mounting Arrangement:


335 Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4114204
336 Screw, 8-32 x ½ in. skt hd (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01014
Lock Washer, #8 int-t (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW67000
337 Upper mounting screw hardware: Screw, 10-32 x ½ in. skt hd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01025
Lock Washer, #10 split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW65003
Flat Washer, #10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW66003
337A Lower mtg screw pre-assembly: Screw, 10-32 x ½ in. skt hd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01025
Flat Washer, #10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW66003
Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110791-037

Rev. C 8-43
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

343

344
342
345
341
346
340
347

339

348

338

349

352

351
353 354

350

SV00176

Rev. A 8-44
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

338 Scavenger, A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106161


339 Chain assembly, 8¼ in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112495-006
340 Screw, round hd, 10-32 x ½ in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW06007
341 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102140
342 O-ring, #112 neoprene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102141
343 Dust cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101527
344 Spacer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110792-007
345 Valve 'A' 5 cm H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2207032
346 O-ring, #027 neoprene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4101871
347 Body, solder assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4102105
348 Label, SCAVENGER HOSE (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4104806
349 Label, EXHAUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106878

Mounting hardware for scavenger:


Screw, 10-32 x ½ in. cap skt hd (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01025
Lock Washer, #10 split (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW65003
Flat Washer, #10 (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW66003
Scavenger Bracket. . . .NAD Color. . . 4106231 Euro Color. . . . . . . . . . . . .4114027
Bracket Clamp. . . . . . NAD Color. . . 1101301 Euro Color . . . . . . . . . 1101301-001
Screw, ¼-20 x 1 in. rd hd sltd (2x)HW06010

350 Vent Grill Adapter (for 19 mm hose) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101312


351 Screw, round hd, 10-24 x 3 in. (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW06012
352 Toggle nut (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4101862
353 Label, SCAVENGER HOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4104806
354 Adapter assembly, 19 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101609

Hose Barb Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4108114

Rev. A 8-45
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued) NMGS

356

355

SV00046

8-46 Rev. J
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
NMGS SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS (continued)

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

355 Vapor Mounting and Exclusion System (Euro) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115019-003

356 O-rings, Vaporizer Mount (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115864

Touch-up paint: Euro white . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7900380


Touch-up paint: Euro blue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7901261

Rev. M 8-47
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Narkomed GS Service Manual

Rev. P summary of changes

Page Description

i, ii, iii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revised TOC layout for new Dräger logo

4-56B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revised Fig. 4-18A to show later design power supply


4-59, 4-61 . . . . . . . . . . . Revised text & illus for flow sensor SW config jumper

8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revised local TOC to include later design power supply


8-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Added new part number for flow control valve
8-37A, 8-37B . . . . . . . . . Added references to early & later design power supply
Added 8-37C, 8-37D . . . . . . . . Illustration & P/L for later design power supply
RETURN TO THIS MANUAL'S TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

North American Dräger and


DrägerService are
divisions of Draeger Medical, Inc.
3122 Commerce Drive
Telford, PA 18969
Tel: (215) 721-5402
(800) 543-5047
Fax: (215) 721-5784
Web: www.draegermedical.com
Printed in the U.S.A.

You might also like